1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 29#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 30#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 35#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 36#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 38#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 39#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 40#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 41#include <map> 42 43using namespace clang; 44 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 54unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 55unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 56unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 57 58enum FloatingRank { 59 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 60}; 61 62RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 63 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 64 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 65 CommentsLoaded = true; 66 } 67 68 assert(D); 69 70 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 71 if (D->isImplicit()) 72 return NULL; 73 74 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 75 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 76 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 77 return NULL; 78 } 79 80 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 81 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 82 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 83 return NULL; 84 } 85 86 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 87 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 88 return NULL; 89 } 90 91 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 92 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 93 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 94 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 95 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 96 return NULL; 97 } 98 99 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 100 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 101 return NULL; 102 } 103 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 104 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 105 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 106 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 107 return NULL; 108 } 109 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 110 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 111 return NULL; 112 113 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 114 // documentation. 115 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 116 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 117 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 118 return NULL; 119 120 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 121 122 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 123 if (RawComments.empty()) 124 return NULL; 125 126 // Find declaration location. 127 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 128 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 129 // location". 130 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 131 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 132 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 133 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 134 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 135 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 136 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 137 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 138 else { 139 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 140 // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being 141 // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location 142 // as the "declaration location". 143 if (DeclLoc.isMacroID() && isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) 144 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 145 } 146 147 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 148 // can't find the comment. 149 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 150 return NULL; 151 152 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 154 { 155 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 156 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 157 // first. 158 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 159 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 160 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 161 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 162 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 163 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 164 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 165 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 166 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 167 } 168 169 if (Found) { 170 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 171 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 172 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 173 } else { 174 // Slow path. 175 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 176 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 177 } 178 } 179 180 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 181 // file buffer. 182 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 183 184 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 185 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 186 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 187 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) || 188 isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) { 189 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 190 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 191 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 192 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 193 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 194 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 195 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 196 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 197 return *Comment; 198 } 199 } 200 201 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 202 // Let's look at the previous comment. 203 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 204 return NULL; 205 --Comment; 206 207 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 208 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 209 return NULL; 210 211 // Decompose the end of the comment. 212 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 213 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 214 215 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 216 // aren't related. 217 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 218 return NULL; 219 220 // Get the corresponding buffer. 221 bool Invalid = false; 222 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 223 &Invalid).data(); 224 if (Invalid) 225 return NULL; 226 227 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 228 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 229 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 230 231 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 232 // comment and declaration. 233 if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 234 return NULL; 235 236 return *Comment; 237} 238 239namespace { 240/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 241/// refer to the actual template. 242/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 243const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 244 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 245 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 246 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 247 return FTD; 248 249 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 250 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 251 return D; 252 253 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 254 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 255 return FTD; 256 257 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 258 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 259 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 260 return MemberDecl; 261 262 return D; 263 } 264 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 265 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 266 // template? 267 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 268 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 269 return MemberDecl; 270 271 return D; 272 } 273 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 274 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 275 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 276 return CTD; 277 278 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 279 // specialization? 280 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 281 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 282 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 283 return D; 284 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 285 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 286 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 287 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 288 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 289 static_cast<const Decl*>( 290 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 291 } 292 293 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 294 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 295 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 296 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 297 298 return D; 299 } 300 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 301 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 302 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 303 return MemberDecl; 304 305 return D; 306 } 307 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 308 return D; 309} 310} // unnamed namespace 311 312const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 313 const Decl *D, 314 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 315 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 316 317 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 318 { 319 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 320 RedeclComments.find(D); 321 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 322 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 323 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 324 if (OriginalDecl) 325 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 326 return Raw.getRaw(); 327 } 328 } 329 } 330 331 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 332 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 333 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 334 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 335 E = D->redecls_end(); 336 I != E; ++I) { 337 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 338 RedeclComments.find(*I); 339 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 340 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 341 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 342 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 343 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 344 break; 345 } 346 } else { 347 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 348 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 349 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 350 if (RC) { 351 Raw.setRaw(RC); 352 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 353 } else 354 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 355 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 356 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 357 if (RC) 358 break; 359 } 360 } 361 362 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 363 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 364 365 if (OriginalDecl) 366 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 367 368 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 369 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 370 Raw.setRaw(RC); 371 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 372 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 373 374 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 375 E = D->redecls_end(); 376 I != E; ++I) { 377 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 378 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 379 R = Raw; 380 } 381 382 return RC; 383} 384 385static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 386 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 387 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 388 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 389 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 390 if (!ID) 391 return; 392 // Add redeclared method here. 393 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 394 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 395 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 396 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 397 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 398 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 399 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 400 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 401 } 402 } 403} 404 405comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 406 const Decl *D) const { 407 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 408 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 409 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 410 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 411 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 412 comments::FullComment *CFC = 413 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 414 ThisDeclInfo); 415 return CFC; 416 417} 418 419comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 420 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 421 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 422} 423 424comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 425 const Decl *D, 426 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 427 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 428 return NULL; 429 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 430 431 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 432 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 433 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 434 435 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 436 if (Canonical != D) { 437 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 438 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 439 return CFC; 440 } 441 return Pos->second; 442 } 443 444 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 445 446 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 447 if (!RC) { 448 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 449 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 450 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 451 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 452 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 453 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 454 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 455 if (OMD) 456 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 457 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 458 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 459 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 460 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 461 } 462 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 463 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 464 // does not have one of its own. 465 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 466 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 467 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 468 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 469 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 470 } 471 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 472 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 473 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 474 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 475 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 476 } 477 } 478 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 479 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 480 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 481 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 482 } 483 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 484 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 485 return NULL; 486 // Check non-virtual bases. 487 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 488 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 489 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 490 continue; 491 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 492 if (Ty.isNull()) 493 continue; 494 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 495 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 496 continue; 497 498 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 499 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 500 } 501 } 502 // Check virtual bases. 503 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 504 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 505 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 506 continue; 507 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 508 if (Ty.isNull()) 509 continue; 510 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 511 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 512 continue; 513 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 514 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 515 } 516 } 517 } 518 return NULL; 519 } 520 521 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 522 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 523 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 524 // different across redeclarations. 525 if (D != OriginalDecl) 526 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 527 528 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 529 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 530 return FC; 531} 532 533void 534ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 535 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 536 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 537 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 538 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 539 540 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 541 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 542 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 543 PEnd = Params->end(); 544 P != PEnd; ++P) { 545 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 546 ID.AddInteger(0); 547 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 548 continue; 549 } 550 551 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 552 ID.AddInteger(1); 553 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 554 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 555 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 556 ID.AddBoolean(true); 557 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 558 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 559 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 560 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 561 } 562 } else 563 ID.AddBoolean(false); 564 continue; 565 } 566 567 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 568 ID.AddInteger(2); 569 Profile(ID, TTP); 570 } 571} 572 573TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 574ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 575 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 576 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 577 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 578 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 579 void *InsertPos = 0; 580 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 581 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 582 if (Canonical) 583 return Canonical->getParam(); 584 585 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 586 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 587 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 588 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 589 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 590 PEnd = Params->end(); 591 P != PEnd; ++P) { 592 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 593 CanonParams.push_back( 594 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 595 SourceLocation(), 596 SourceLocation(), 597 TTP->getDepth(), 598 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 599 TTP->isParameterPack())); 600 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 601 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 602 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 603 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 604 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 605 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 606 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 607 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 608 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 609 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 610 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 611 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 612 } 613 614 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 615 SourceLocation(), 616 SourceLocation(), 617 NTTP->getDepth(), 618 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 619 T, 620 TInfo, 621 ExpandedTypes.data(), 622 ExpandedTypes.size(), 623 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 624 } else { 625 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 626 SourceLocation(), 627 SourceLocation(), 628 NTTP->getDepth(), 629 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 630 T, 631 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 632 TInfo); 633 } 634 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 635 636 } else 637 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 638 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 639 } 640 641 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 642 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 643 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 644 TTP->getPosition(), 645 TTP->isParameterPack(), 646 0, 647 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 648 SourceLocation(), 649 CanonParams.data(), 650 CanonParams.size(), 651 SourceLocation())); 652 653 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 654 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 655 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 656 (void)Canonical; 657 658 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 659 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 660 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 661 return CanonTTP; 662} 663 664CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 665 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 666 667 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 668 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 669 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 670 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 671 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 672 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 673 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 674 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 675 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 676 } 677 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 678} 679 680static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 681 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 682 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 683 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 684 // language-specific address space. 685 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 686 1, // opencl_global 687 2, // opencl_local 688 3, // opencl_constant 689 4, // cuda_device 690 5, // cuda_constant 691 6 // cuda_shared 692 }; 693 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 694 } else { 695 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 696 } 697} 698 699static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI, 700 const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 701 switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) { 702 case LangOptions::ASMM_Target: 703 return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling(); 704 case LangOptions::ASMM_On: 705 return true; 706 case LangOptions::ASMM_Off: 707 return false; 708 } 709 llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything."); 710} 711 712ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 713 const TargetInfo *t, 714 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 715 Builtin::Context &builtins, 716 unsigned size_reserve, 717 bool DelayInitialization) 718 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 719 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 720 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 721 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 722 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 723 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), Float128StubDecl(0), 724 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 725 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 726 BOOLDecl(0), 727 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 728 FILEDecl(0), 729 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 730 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 731 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 732 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 733 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 734 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 735 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 736 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 737 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 738 DeclarationNames(*this), 739 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 740 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 741 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 742 LastSDM(0, 0) 743{ 744 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 745 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 746 747 if (!DelayInitialization) { 748 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 749 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 750 } 751} 752 753ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 754 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 755 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 756 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 757 758 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. 759 for (DeallocationMap::const_iterator I = Deallocations.begin(), 760 E = Deallocations.end(); I != E; ++I) 761 for (unsigned J = 0, N = I->second.size(); J != N; ++J) 762 (I->first)((I->second)[J]); 763 764 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 765 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 766 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 767 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 768 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 769 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 770 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 771 R->Destroy(*this); 772 773 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 774 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 775 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 776 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 777 R->Destroy(*this); 778 } 779 780 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 781 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 782 A != AEnd; ++A) 783 A->second->~AttrVec(); 784 785 for (llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, MangleNumberingContext *>::iterator 786 I = MangleNumberingContexts.begin(), 787 E = MangleNumberingContexts.end(); 788 I != E; ++I) 789 delete I->second; 790} 791 792void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 793 Deallocations[Callback].push_back(Data); 794} 795 796void 797ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 798 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 799} 800 801void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 802 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 803 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 804 805 unsigned counts[] = { 806#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 807#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 808#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 809 0 // Extra 810 }; 811 812 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 813 Type *T = Types[i]; 814 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 815 } 816 817 unsigned Idx = 0; 818 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 819#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 820 if (counts[Idx]) \ 821 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 822 << " types\n"; \ 823 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 824 ++Idx; 825#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 826#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 827 828 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 829 830 // Implicit special member functions. 831 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 832 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 833 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 834 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 835 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 836 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 838 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 839 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 840 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 841 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 842 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 843 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 845 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 846 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 847 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 848 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 849 << NumImplicitDestructors 850 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 851 852 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 853 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 854 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 855 } 856 857 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 858} 859 860TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 861 if (!Int128Decl) { 862 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 863 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 864 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 865 SourceLocation(), 866 SourceLocation(), 867 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 868 TInfo); 869 } 870 871 return Int128Decl; 872} 873 874TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 875 if (!UInt128Decl) { 876 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 877 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 878 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 879 SourceLocation(), 880 SourceLocation(), 881 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 882 TInfo); 883 } 884 885 return UInt128Decl; 886} 887 888TypeDecl *ASTContext::getFloat128StubType() const { 889 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus && "should only be called for c++"); 890 if (!Float128StubDecl) { 891 Float128StubDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 892 TTK_Struct, 893 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 894 SourceLocation(), 895 SourceLocation(), 896 &Idents.get("__float128")); 897 } 898 899 return Float128StubDecl; 900} 901 902void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 903 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 904 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 905 Types.push_back(Ty); 906} 907 908void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 909 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 910 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 911 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 912 913 this->Target = &Target; 914 915 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 916 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 917 AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts); 918 919 // C99 6.2.5p19. 920 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 921 922 // C99 6.2.5p2. 923 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 924 // C99 6.2.5p3. 925 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 926 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 927 else 928 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 929 // C99 6.2.5p4. 930 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 931 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 932 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 933 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 934 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 935 936 // C99 6.2.5p6. 937 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 938 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 939 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 940 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 941 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 942 943 // C99 6.2.5p10. 944 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 945 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 946 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 947 948 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 949 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 950 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 951 952 // C++ 3.9.1p5 953 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 954 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 955 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 956 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 957 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 958 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 959 else { 960 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 961 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 962 } 963 964 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 965 966 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 967 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 968 else // C99 969 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 970 971 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 972 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 973 else // C99 974 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 975 976 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 977 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 978 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 979 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 980 // expressions. 981 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 982 983 // Placeholder type for functions. 984 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 985 986 // Placeholder type for bound members. 987 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 988 989 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 990 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 991 992 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 993 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 994 995 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 996 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 997 998 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 999 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 1000 1001 // C99 6.2.5p11. 1002 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 1003 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 1004 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 1005 1006 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 1007 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 1008 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 1009 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 1010 1011 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 1012 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 1013 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 1014 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 1015 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 1016 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 1017 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 1018 1019 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 1020 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 1021 } 1022 1023 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 1024 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 1025 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 1026 1027 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 1028 1029 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 1030 1031 // void * type 1032 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 1033 1034 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 1035 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 1036 1037 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 1038 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 1039 1040 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 1041 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 1042} 1043 1044DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1045 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1046} 1047 1048AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1049 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1050 if (!Result) { 1051 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1052 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1053 } 1054 1055 return *Result; 1056} 1057 1058/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1059void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1060 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1061 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1062 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1063 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1064 } 1065} 1066 1067// FIXME: Remove ? 1068MemberSpecializationInfo * 1069ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1070 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1071 return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var) 1072 .dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>(); 1073} 1074 1075ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo 1076ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) { 1077 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos = 1078 TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var); 1079 if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end()) 1080 return TemplateOrSpecializationInfo(); 1081 1082 return Pos->second; 1083} 1084 1085void 1086ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1087 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1088 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1089 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1090 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1091 setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo( 1092 Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation)); 1093} 1094 1095void 1096ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst, 1097 TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) { 1098 assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] && 1099 "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from"); 1100 TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI; 1101} 1102 1103FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1104 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1105 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1106 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1107 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1108 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1109 return 0; 1110 1111 return Pos->second; 1112} 1113 1114void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1115 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1116 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1117 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1118 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1119} 1120 1121NamedDecl * 1122ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1123 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1124 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1125 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1126 return 0; 1127 1128 return Pos->second; 1129} 1130 1131void 1132ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1133 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1134 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1135 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1136 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1137 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1138 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1139} 1140 1141UsingShadowDecl * 1142ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1143 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1144 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1145 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1146 return 0; 1147 1148 return Pos->second; 1149} 1150 1151void 1152ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1153 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1154 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1155 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1156} 1157 1158FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1159 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1160 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1161 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1162 return 0; 1163 1164 return Pos->second; 1165} 1166 1167void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1168 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1169 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1170 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1171 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1172 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1173 1174 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1175} 1176 1177ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1178ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1179 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1180 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1181 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1182 return 0; 1183 1184 return Pos->second.begin(); 1185} 1186 1187ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1188ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1189 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1190 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1191 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1192 return 0; 1193 1194 return Pos->second.end(); 1195} 1196 1197unsigned 1198ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1199 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1200 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1201 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1202 return 0; 1203 1204 return Pos->second.size(); 1205} 1206 1207void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1208 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1209 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1210 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1211} 1212 1213void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1214 const NamedDecl *D, 1215 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1216 assert(D); 1217 1218 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1219 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1220 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1221 return; 1222 } 1223 1224 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1225 if (!Method) 1226 return; 1227 1228 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1229 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1230 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1231} 1232 1233void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1234 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1235 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1236 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1237 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1238 LastLocalImport = Import; 1239 return; 1240 } 1241 1242 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1243 LastLocalImport = Import; 1244} 1245 1246//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1247// Type Sizing and Analysis 1248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1249 1250/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1251/// scalar floating point type. 1252const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1253 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1254 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1255 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1256 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1257 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1258 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1259 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1260 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1261 } 1262} 1263 1264CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const { 1265 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1266 1267 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1268 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1269 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1270 1271 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1272 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1273 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1274 // 1275 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1276 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1277 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1278 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1279 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1280 } else { 1281 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1282 } 1283 } 1284 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1285 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1286 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1287 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1288 1289 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1290 // else about the declaration and its type. 1291 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1292 // do nothing 1293 1294 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1295 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1296 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1297 if (ForAlignof) 1298 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1299 else 1300 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1301 } 1302 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1303 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1304 // large-array alignment on the target. 1305 if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) { 1306 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1307 if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) { 1308 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1309 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1310 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1311 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1312 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1313 } 1314 1315 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1316 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1317 } 1318 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1319 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1320 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1321 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1322 } 1323 } 1324 1325 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1326 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1327 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1328 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1329 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1330 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1331 const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); 1332 // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. 1333 if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { 1334 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); 1335 1336 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1337 unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1338 1339 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1340 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); 1341 if (Offset > 0) { 1342 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1343 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1344 uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); 1345 if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) 1346 FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset); 1347 } 1348 1349 Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 } 1353 1354 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1355} 1356 1357// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1358// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1359// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1360// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1361std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1362ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1363 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1364 1365 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1366 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1367 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1368 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1369 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1370 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1371 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1372 } 1373 } 1374 1375 return sizeAndAlign; 1376} 1377 1378/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1379/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1380std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1381static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1382 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1383 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1384 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1385 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1386 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1387 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1388 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1389 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1390 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1391 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || 1392 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) 1393 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1394 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1395 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1396} 1397 1398std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1399ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1400 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1401 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1402 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1403 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1404 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1405} 1406 1407std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1408ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1409 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1410} 1411 1412std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1413 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1414 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1415 return it->second; 1416 1417 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1418 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1419 return Info; 1420} 1421 1422/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1423/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1424/// 1425/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1426/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1427/// should take a QualType, &c. 1428std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1429ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1430 uint64_t Width=0; 1431 unsigned Align=8; 1432 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1433#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1434#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1435#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1436#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1437#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ 1438 case Type::Class: \ 1439 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ 1440 return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); 1441#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1442 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1443 1444 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1445 case Type::FunctionProto: 1446 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1447 Width = 0; 1448 Align = 32; 1449 break; 1450 1451 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1452 case Type::VariableArray: 1453 Width = 0; 1454 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1455 break; 1456 1457 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1458 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1459 1460 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1461 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1462 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1463 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1464 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1465 Align = EltInfo.second; 1466 if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || 1467 getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) 1468 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1469 break; 1470 } 1471 case Type::ExtVector: 1472 case Type::Vector: { 1473 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1474 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1475 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1476 Align = Width; 1477 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1478 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1479 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1480 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1481 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1482 } 1483 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1484 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1485 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1486 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1487 break; 1488 } 1489 1490 case Type::Builtin: 1491 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1492 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1493 case BuiltinType::Void: 1494 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1495 Width = 0; 1496 Align = 8; 1497 break; 1498 1499 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1500 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1501 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1502 break; 1503 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1504 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1505 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1506 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1507 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1508 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1509 break; 1510 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1511 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1512 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1513 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1514 break; 1515 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1516 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1517 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1518 break; 1519 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1520 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1521 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1522 break; 1523 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1524 case BuiltinType::Short: 1525 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1526 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1527 break; 1528 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1529 case BuiltinType::Int: 1530 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1531 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1532 break; 1533 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1534 case BuiltinType::Long: 1535 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1536 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1537 break; 1538 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1539 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1540 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1541 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1542 break; 1543 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1544 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1545 Width = 128; 1546 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1547 break; 1548 case BuiltinType::Half: 1549 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1550 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1551 break; 1552 case BuiltinType::Float: 1553 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1554 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1555 break; 1556 case BuiltinType::Double: 1557 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1558 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1559 break; 1560 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1561 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1562 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1563 break; 1564 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1565 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1566 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1567 break; 1568 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1569 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1570 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1571 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1572 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1573 break; 1574 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1575 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1576 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1577 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1578 break; 1579 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1580 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1581 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1582 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1583 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1584 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1585 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1586 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1587 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1588 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1589 break; 1590 } 1591 break; 1592 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1593 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1594 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1595 break; 1596 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1597 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1598 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1599 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1600 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 case Type::LValueReference: 1604 case Type::RValueReference: { 1605 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1606 // the pointer route. 1607 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1608 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1609 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1610 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1611 break; 1612 } 1613 case Type::Pointer: { 1614 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1615 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1616 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1617 break; 1618 } 1619 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1620 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1621 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1622 break; 1623 } 1624 case Type::Complex: { 1625 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1626 // size. 1627 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1628 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1629 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1630 Align = EltInfo.second; 1631 break; 1632 } 1633 case Type::ObjCObject: 1634 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1635 case Type::Decayed: 1636 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecayedType>(T)->getDecayedType().getTypePtr()); 1637 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1638 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1639 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1640 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1641 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1642 break; 1643 } 1644 case Type::Record: 1645 case Type::Enum: { 1646 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1647 1648 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1649 Width = 8; 1650 Align = 8; 1651 break; 1652 } 1653 1654 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1655 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1656 1657 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1658 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1659 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1660 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1661 break; 1662 } 1663 1664 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1665 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1666 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1667 1668 case Type::Auto: { 1669 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1670 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1671 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1672 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1673 } 1674 1675 case Type::Paren: 1676 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1677 1678 case Type::Typedef: { 1679 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1680 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1681 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1682 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1683 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1684 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1685 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1686 Align = AttrAlign; 1687 else 1688 Align = Info.second; 1689 Width = Info.first; 1690 break; 1691 } 1692 1693 case Type::Elaborated: 1694 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1695 1696 case Type::Attributed: 1697 return getTypeInfo( 1698 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1699 1700 case Type::Atomic: { 1701 // Start with the base type information. 1702 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1703 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1704 Width = Info.first; 1705 Align = Info.second; 1706 1707 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1708 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1709 // favorable to atomic operations: 1710 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1711 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1712 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1713 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1714 1715 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1716 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1717 } 1718 } 1719 1720 } 1721 1722 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1723 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1724} 1725 1726/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1727CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1728 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1729} 1730 1731/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1732int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1733 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1734} 1735 1736/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1737/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1738CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1739 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1740} 1741CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1742 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1743} 1744 1745/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1746/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1747CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1748 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1749} 1750CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1751 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1752} 1753 1754/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1755/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1756/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1757/// a data type. 1758unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1759 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1760 1761 if (Target->getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::xcore) 1762 return ABIAlign; // Never overalign on XCore. 1763 1764 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1765 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1766 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1767 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1768 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1769 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1770 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1771 1772 return ABIAlign; 1773} 1774 1775/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1776/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1777unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1778 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1779} 1780 1781/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1782/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1783CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1784 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1785} 1786 1787/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1788/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1789/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1790/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1791/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1792/// 1793void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1794 bool leafClass, 1795 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1796 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1797 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1798 if (!leafClass) { 1799 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1800 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1801 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1802 } else { 1803 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1804 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1805 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1806 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1807 } 1808} 1809 1810/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1811/// those inherited by it. 1812void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1813 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1814 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1815 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1816 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1817 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1818 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1819 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1820 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1821 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1822 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1823 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1824 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1825 } 1826 } 1827 1828 // Categories of this Interface. 1829 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1830 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1831 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1832 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1833 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1834 } 1835 1836 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1837 while (SD) { 1838 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1839 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1840 } 1841 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1842 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1843 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1844 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1845 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1846 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1847 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1848 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1849 } 1850 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1851 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1852 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1853 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1854 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1855 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1856 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1857 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1858 } 1859 } 1860} 1861 1862unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1863 unsigned count = 0; 1864 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1865 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1866 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1867 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1868 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1869 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1870 } 1871 1872 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1873 // includes synthesized ivars. 1874 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1875 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1876 1877 return count; 1878} 1879 1880bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1881 if (!E) 1882 return false; 1883 1884 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1885 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1886 1887 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1888 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1889 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1890 return true; 1891 1892 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1893 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1894 1895 return false; 1896} 1897 1898/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1899ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1900 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1901 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1902 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1903 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1904 return 0; 1905} 1906/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1907ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1908 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1909 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1910 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1911 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1912 return 0; 1913} 1914 1915/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1916void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1917 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1918 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1919 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1920} 1921/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1922void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1923 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1924 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1925 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1926} 1927 1928const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1929 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1930 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1931 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1932 return ID; 1933 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1934 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1935 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1936 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1937 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1938 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1939 1940 return 0; 1941} 1942 1943/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1944/// none exists. 1945Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1946 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1947 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1948 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1949 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1950 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1951 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1952} 1953 1954/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1955void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1956 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1957 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1958 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1959 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1960} 1961 1962TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1963 unsigned DataSize) const { 1964 if (!DataSize) 1965 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1966 else 1967 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1968 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1969 1970 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1971 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1972 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1973 return TInfo; 1974} 1975 1976TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1977 SourceLocation L) const { 1978 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1979 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1980 return DI; 1981} 1982 1983const ASTRecordLayout & 1984ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1985 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1986} 1987 1988const ASTRecordLayout & 1989ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1990 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1991 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1992} 1993 1994//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1995// Type creation/memoization methods 1996//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1997 1998QualType 1999ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 2000 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 2001 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 2002 2003 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 2004 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2005 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 2006 void *insertPos = 0; 2007 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 2008 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 2009 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2010 } 2011 2012 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 2013 QualType canon; 2014 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2015 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 2016 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 2017 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 2018 2019 // Re-find the insert position. 2020 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2021 } 2022 2023 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 2024 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 2025 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2026} 2027 2028QualType 2029ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2030 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2031 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2032 return T; 2033 2034 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2035 // into one ExtQuals node. 2036 QualifierCollector Quals; 2037 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2038 2039 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2040 // another one. 2041 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2042 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2043 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2044 2045 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2046} 2047 2048QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2049 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2050 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2051 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2052 return T; 2053 2054 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2055 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2056 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2057 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2058 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2059 } 2060 } 2061 2062 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2063 // into one ExtQuals node. 2064 QualifierCollector Quals; 2065 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2066 2067 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2068 // another one. 2069 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2070 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2071 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2072 2073 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2074} 2075 2076const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2077 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2078 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2079 return T; 2080 2081 QualType Result; 2082 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2083 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2084 } else { 2085 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2086 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2087 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2088 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 2089 } 2090 2091 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2092} 2093 2094void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2095 QualType ResultType) { 2096 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2097 while (true) { 2098 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2099 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2100 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2101 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2102 FD = Next; 2103 else 2104 break; 2105 } 2106 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2107 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2108} 2109 2110/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2111/// number with the specified element type. 2112QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2113 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2114 // structure. 2115 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2116 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2117 2118 void *InsertPos = 0; 2119 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2120 return QualType(CT, 0); 2121 2122 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2123 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2124 QualType Canonical; 2125 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2126 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2127 2128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2129 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2130 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2131 } 2132 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2133 Types.push_back(New); 2134 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2135 return QualType(New, 0); 2136} 2137 2138/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2139/// the specified type. 2140QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2141 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2142 // structure. 2143 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2144 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2145 2146 void *InsertPos = 0; 2147 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2148 return QualType(PT, 0); 2149 2150 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2151 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2152 QualType Canonical; 2153 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2154 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2155 2156 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2157 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2158 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2159 } 2160 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2161 Types.push_back(New); 2162 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2163 return QualType(New, 0); 2164} 2165 2166QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { 2167 assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); 2168 2169 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2170 DecayedType::Profile(ID, T); 2171 void *InsertPos = 0; 2172 if (DecayedType *DT = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2173 return QualType(DT, 0); 2174 2175 QualType Decayed; 2176 2177 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 2178 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 2179 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 2180 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 2181 // the array type derivation. 2182 if (T->isArrayType()) 2183 Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); 2184 2185 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 2186 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 2187 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 2188 // in 6.3.2.1. 2189 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2190 Decayed = getPointerType(T); 2191 2192 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); 2193 2194 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2195 DecayedType *NewIP = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2196 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2197 2198 DecayedType *New = 2199 new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); 2200 Types.push_back(New); 2201 DecayedTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2202 return QualType(New, 0); 2203} 2204 2205/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2206/// a pointer to the specified block. 2207QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2208 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2209 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2210 // structure. 2211 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2212 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2213 2214 void *InsertPos = 0; 2215 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2216 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2217 return QualType(PT, 0); 2218 2219 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2220 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2221 QualType Canonical; 2222 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2223 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2224 2225 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2226 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2227 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2228 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2229 } 2230 BlockPointerType *New 2231 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2232 Types.push_back(New); 2233 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2234 return QualType(New, 0); 2235} 2236 2237/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2238/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2239QualType 2240ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2241 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2242 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2243 2244 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2245 // structure. 2246 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2247 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2248 2249 void *InsertPos = 0; 2250 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2251 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2252 return QualType(RT, 0); 2253 2254 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2255 2256 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2257 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2258 QualType Canonical; 2259 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2260 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2261 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2262 2263 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2264 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2265 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2266 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2267 } 2268 2269 LValueReferenceType *New 2270 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2271 SpelledAsLValue); 2272 Types.push_back(New); 2273 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2274 2275 return QualType(New, 0); 2276} 2277 2278/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2279/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2280QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2281 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2282 // structure. 2283 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2284 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2285 2286 void *InsertPos = 0; 2287 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2288 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2289 return QualType(RT, 0); 2290 2291 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2292 2293 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2294 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2295 QualType Canonical; 2296 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2297 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2298 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2299 2300 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2301 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2302 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2303 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2304 } 2305 2306 RValueReferenceType *New 2307 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2308 Types.push_back(New); 2309 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2310 return QualType(New, 0); 2311} 2312 2313/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2314/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2315QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2316 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2317 // structure. 2318 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2319 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2320 2321 void *InsertPos = 0; 2322 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2323 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2324 return QualType(PT, 0); 2325 2326 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2327 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2328 QualType Canonical; 2329 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2330 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2331 2332 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2333 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2334 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2335 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2336 } 2337 MemberPointerType *New 2338 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2339 Types.push_back(New); 2340 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2341 return QualType(New, 0); 2342} 2343 2344/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2345/// array of the specified element type. 2346QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2347 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2348 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2349 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2350 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2351 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2352 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2353 2354 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2355 // the target. 2356 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2357 ArySize = 2358 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2359 2360 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2361 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2362 2363 void *InsertPos = 0; 2364 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2365 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2366 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2367 2368 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2369 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2370 QualType Canon; 2371 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2372 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2373 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2374 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2375 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2376 2377 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2378 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2379 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2380 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2381 } 2382 2383 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2384 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2385 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2386 Types.push_back(New); 2387 return QualType(New, 0); 2388} 2389 2390/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2391/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2392/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2393QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2394 // Vastly most common case. 2395 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2396 2397 QualType result; 2398 2399 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2400 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2401 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2402#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2403#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2404#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2405#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2406 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2407 2408 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2409 case Type::Builtin: 2410 case Type::Complex: 2411 case Type::Vector: 2412 case Type::ExtVector: 2413 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2414 case Type::ObjCObject: 2415 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2416 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2417 case Type::Record: 2418 case Type::Enum: 2419 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2420 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2421 case Type::TypeOf: 2422 case Type::Decltype: 2423 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2424 case Type::DependentName: 2425 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2426 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2427 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2428 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2429 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2430 case Type::Auto: 2431 case Type::PackExpansion: 2432 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2433 2434 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2435 // further decay. 2436 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2437 case Type::FunctionProto: 2438 case Type::BlockPointer: 2439 case Type::MemberPointer: 2440 return type; 2441 2442 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2443 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2444 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2445 // optimizations available here. 2446 case Type::Pointer: 2447 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2448 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2449 break; 2450 2451 case Type::LValueReference: { 2452 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2453 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2454 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2455 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2456 break; 2457 } 2458 2459 case Type::RValueReference: { 2460 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2461 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2462 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2463 break; 2464 } 2465 2466 case Type::Atomic: { 2467 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2468 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2469 break; 2470 } 2471 2472 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2473 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2474 result = getConstantArrayType( 2475 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2476 cat->getSize(), 2477 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2478 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2479 break; 2480 } 2481 2482 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2483 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2484 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2485 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2486 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2487 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2488 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2489 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2490 break; 2491 } 2492 2493 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2494 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2495 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2496 result = getVariableArrayType( 2497 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2498 /*size*/ 0, 2499 ArrayType::Normal, 2500 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2501 SourceRange()); 2502 break; 2503 } 2504 2505 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2506 case Type::VariableArray: { 2507 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2508 result = getVariableArrayType( 2509 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2510 /*size*/ 0, 2511 ArrayType::Star, 2512 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2513 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2514 break; 2515 } 2516 } 2517 2518 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2519 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2520} 2521 2522/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2523/// variable array of the specified element type. 2524QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2525 Expr *NumElts, 2526 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2527 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2528 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2529 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2530 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2531 QualType Canon; 2532 2533 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2534 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2535 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2536 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2537 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2538 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2539 } 2540 2541 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2542 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2543 2544 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2545 Types.push_back(New); 2546 return QualType(New, 0); 2547} 2548 2549/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2550/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2551/// type. 2552QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2553 Expr *numElements, 2554 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2555 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2556 SourceRange brackets) const { 2557 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2558 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2559 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2560 2561 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2562 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2563 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2564 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2565 if (!numElements) { 2566 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2567 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2568 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2569 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2570 brackets); 2571 Types.push_back(newType); 2572 return QualType(newType, 0); 2573 } 2574 2575 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2576 // also build a canonical type. 2577 2578 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2579 2580 void *insertPos = 0; 2581 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2582 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2583 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2584 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2585 2586 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2587 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2588 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2589 2590 // If we don't have one, build one. 2591 if (!canonTy) { 2592 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2593 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2594 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2595 brackets); 2596 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2597 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2598 } 2599 2600 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2601 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2602 canonElementType.Quals); 2603 2604 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2605 // then just use that as our result. 2606 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2607 return canon; 2608 2609 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2610 // of the element type. 2611 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2612 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2613 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2614 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2615 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2616 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2617} 2618 2619QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2620 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2621 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2622 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2623 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2624 2625 void *insertPos = 0; 2626 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2627 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2628 return QualType(iat, 0); 2629 2630 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2631 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2632 // qualifiers off the element type. 2633 QualType canon; 2634 2635 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2636 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2637 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2638 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2639 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2640 2641 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2642 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2643 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2644 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2645 } 2646 2647 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2648 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2649 2650 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2651 Types.push_back(newType); 2652 return QualType(newType, 0); 2653} 2654 2655/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2656/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2657QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2658 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2659 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2660 2661 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2662 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2663 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2664 2665 void *InsertPos = 0; 2666 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2667 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2668 2669 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2670 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2671 QualType Canonical; 2672 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2673 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2674 2675 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2676 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2677 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2678 } 2679 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2680 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2681 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2682 Types.push_back(New); 2683 return QualType(New, 0); 2684} 2685 2686/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2687/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2688QualType 2689ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2690 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2691 2692 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2693 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2694 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2695 VectorType::GenericVector); 2696 void *InsertPos = 0; 2697 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2698 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2699 2700 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2701 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2702 QualType Canonical; 2703 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2704 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2705 2706 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2707 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2708 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2709 } 2710 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2711 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2712 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2713 Types.push_back(New); 2714 return QualType(New, 0); 2715} 2716 2717QualType 2718ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2719 Expr *SizeExpr, 2720 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2721 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2722 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2723 SizeExpr); 2724 2725 void *InsertPos = 0; 2726 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2727 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2728 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2729 if (Canon) { 2730 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2731 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2732 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2733 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2734 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2735 } else { 2736 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2737 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2738 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2739 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2740 AttrLoc); 2741 2742 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2743 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2744 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2745 (void)CanonCheck; 2746 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2747 } else { 2748 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2749 SourceLocation()); 2750 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2751 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2752 } 2753 } 2754 2755 Types.push_back(New); 2756 return QualType(New, 0); 2757} 2758 2759/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2760/// 2761QualType 2762ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2763 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2764 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC(); 2765 2766 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2767 // structure. 2768 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2769 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2770 2771 void *InsertPos = 0; 2772 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2773 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2774 return QualType(FT, 0); 2775 2776 QualType Canonical; 2777 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) { 2778 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), Info); 2779 2780 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2781 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2782 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2783 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2784 } 2785 2786 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2787 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2788 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2789 Types.push_back(New); 2790 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2791 return QualType(New, 0); 2792} 2793 2794/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2795static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2796 return T.isCanonical() && 2797 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2798 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2799} 2800 2801/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2802/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2803QualType 2804ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2805 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2806 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2807 2808 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2809 // structure. 2810 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2811 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2812 *this); 2813 2814 void *InsertPos = 0; 2815 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2816 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2817 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2818 2819 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2820 bool isCanonical = 2821 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2822 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2823 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2824 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2825 isCanonical = false; 2826 2827 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2828 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2829 QualType Canonical; 2830 if (!isCanonical) { 2831 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2832 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2833 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2834 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2835 2836 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2837 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2838 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2839 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2840 2841 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2842 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2843 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2844 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2845 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2846 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2847 } 2848 2849 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2850 2851 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2852 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2853 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2854 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2855 } 2856 2857 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2858 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2859 // - parameter types 2860 // - exception types 2861 // - consumed-arguments flags 2862 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2863 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2864 // specification. 2865 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2866 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2867 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2868 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2869 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2870 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2871 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2872 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2873 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2874 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2875 } 2876 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2877 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2878 2879 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2880 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2881 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2882 Types.push_back(FTP); 2883 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2884 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2885} 2886 2887#ifndef NDEBUG 2888static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2889 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2890 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2891 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2892 return true; 2893 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2894 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2895 return true; 2896 return false; 2897} 2898#endif 2899 2900/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2901/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2902QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2903 QualType TST) const { 2904 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2905 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2906 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2907 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2908 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2909 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2910 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2911 } else { 2912 Type *newType = 2913 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2914 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2915 Types.push_back(newType); 2916 } 2917 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2918} 2919 2920/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2921/// specified type declaration. 2922QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2923 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2924 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2925 2926 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2927 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2928 2929 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2930 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2931 2932 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2933 assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2934 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2935 return getRecordType(Record); 2936 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2937 assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration"); 2938 return getEnumType(Enum); 2939 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2940 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2941 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2942 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2943 Types.push_back(newType); 2944 } else 2945 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2946 2947 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2948} 2949 2950/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2951/// specified typedef name decl. 2952QualType 2953ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2954 QualType Canonical) const { 2955 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2956 2957 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2958 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2959 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2960 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2961 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2962 Types.push_back(newType); 2963 return QualType(newType, 0); 2964} 2965 2966QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2967 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2968 2969 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2970 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2971 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2972 2973 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2974 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2975 Types.push_back(newType); 2976 return QualType(newType, 0); 2977} 2978 2979QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2980 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2981 2982 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2983 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2984 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2985 2986 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2987 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2988 Types.push_back(newType); 2989 return QualType(newType, 0); 2990} 2991 2992QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2993 QualType modifiedType, 2994 QualType equivalentType) { 2995 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2996 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2997 2998 void *insertPos = 0; 2999 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 3000 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 3001 3002 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 3003 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3004 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 3005 3006 Types.push_back(type); 3007 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 3008 3009 return QualType(type, 0); 3010} 3011 3012 3013/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 3014QualType 3015ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3016 QualType Replacement) const { 3017 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 3018 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 3019 3020 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3021 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 3022 void *InsertPos = 0; 3023 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 3024 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3025 3026 if (!SubstParm) { 3027 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3028 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 3029 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3030 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3031 } 3032 3033 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3034} 3035 3036/// \brief Retrieve a 3037QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3038 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3039 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3040#ifndef NDEBUG 3041 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3042 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3043 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3044 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3045 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3046 } 3047#endif 3048 3049 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3050 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3051 void *InsertPos = 0; 3052 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3053 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3054 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3055 3056 QualType Canon; 3057 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3058 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3059 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3060 ArgPack); 3061 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3062 } 3063 3064 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3065 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3066 ArgPack); 3067 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3068 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3069 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3070} 3071 3072/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3073/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3074/// name. 3075QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3076 bool ParameterPack, 3077 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3078 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3079 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3080 void *InsertPos = 0; 3081 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3082 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3083 3084 if (TypeParm) 3085 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3086 3087 if (TTPDecl) { 3088 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3089 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3090 3091 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3092 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3093 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3094 (void)TypeCheck; 3095 } else 3096 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3097 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3098 3099 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3100 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3101 3102 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3103} 3104 3105TypeSourceInfo * 3106ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3107 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3108 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3109 QualType Underlying) const { 3110 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3111 "No dependent template names here!"); 3112 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3113 3114 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3115 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3116 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3117 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3118 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3119 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3120 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3121 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3122 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3123 return DI; 3124} 3125 3126QualType 3127ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3128 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3129 QualType Underlying) const { 3130 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3131 "No dependent template names here!"); 3132 3133 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3134 3135 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3136 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3137 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3138 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3139 3140 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3141 Underlying); 3142} 3143 3144#ifndef NDEBUG 3145static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3146 unsigned NumArgs) { 3147 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3148 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3149 return true; 3150 3151 return true; 3152} 3153#endif 3154 3155QualType 3156ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3157 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3158 unsigned NumArgs, 3159 QualType Underlying) const { 3160 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3161 "No dependent template names here!"); 3162 // Look through qualified template names. 3163 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3164 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3165 3166 bool IsTypeAlias = 3167 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3168 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3169 QualType CanonType; 3170 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3171 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3172 else { 3173 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3174 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3175 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3176 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3177 IsTypeAlias = false; 3178 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3179 NumArgs); 3180 } 3181 3182 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3183 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3184 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3185 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3186 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3187 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3188 TypeAlignment); 3189 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3190 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3191 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3192 3193 Types.push_back(Spec); 3194 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3195} 3196 3197QualType 3198ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3199 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3200 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3201 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3202 "No dependent template names here!"); 3203 3204 // Look through qualified template names. 3205 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3206 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3207 3208 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3209 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3210 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3211 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3212 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3213 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3214 3215 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3216 // exists. 3217 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3218 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3219 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3220 3221 void *InsertPos = 0; 3222 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3223 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3224 3225 if (!Spec) { 3226 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3227 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3228 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3229 TypeAlignment); 3230 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3231 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3232 QualType(), QualType()); 3233 Types.push_back(Spec); 3234 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3235 } 3236 3237 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3238 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3239 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3240} 3241 3242QualType 3243ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3244 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3245 QualType NamedType) const { 3246 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3247 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3248 3249 void *InsertPos = 0; 3250 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3251 if (T) 3252 return QualType(T, 0); 3253 3254 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3255 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3256 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3257 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3258 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3259 (void)CheckT; 3260 } 3261 3262 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3263 Types.push_back(T); 3264 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3265 return QualType(T, 0); 3266} 3267 3268QualType 3269ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3270 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3271 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3272 3273 void *InsertPos = 0; 3274 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3275 if (T) 3276 return QualType(T, 0); 3277 3278 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3279 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3280 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3281 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3282 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3283 (void)CheckT; 3284 } 3285 3286 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3287 Types.push_back(T); 3288 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3289 return QualType(T, 0); 3290} 3291 3292QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3293 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3294 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3295 QualType Canon) const { 3296 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3297 3298 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3299 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3300 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3301 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3302 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3303 3304 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3305 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3306 } 3307 3308 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3309 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3310 3311 void *InsertPos = 0; 3312 DependentNameType *T 3313 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3314 if (T) 3315 return QualType(T, 0); 3316 3317 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3318 Types.push_back(T); 3319 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3320 return QualType(T, 0); 3321} 3322 3323QualType 3324ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3325 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3326 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3327 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3328 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3329 // TODO: avoid this copy 3330 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3331 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3332 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3333 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3334 ArgCopy.size(), 3335 ArgCopy.data()); 3336} 3337 3338QualType 3339ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3340 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3341 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3342 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3343 unsigned NumArgs, 3344 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3345 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3346 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3347 3348 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3349 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3350 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3351 3352 void *InsertPos = 0; 3353 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3354 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3355 if (T) 3356 return QualType(T, 0); 3357 3358 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3359 3360 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3361 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3362 3363 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3364 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3365 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3366 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3367 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3368 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3369 } 3370 3371 QualType Canon; 3372 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3373 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3374 Name, NumArgs, 3375 CanonArgs.data()); 3376 3377 // Find the insert position again. 3378 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3379 } 3380 3381 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3382 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3383 TypeAlignment); 3384 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3385 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3386 Types.push_back(T); 3387 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3388 return QualType(T, 0); 3389} 3390 3391QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3392 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3393 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3394 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3395 3396 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3397 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3398 void *InsertPos = 0; 3399 PackExpansionType *T 3400 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3401 if (T) 3402 return QualType(T, 0); 3403 3404 QualType Canon; 3405 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3406 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3407 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3408 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3409 // parameters. 3410 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3411 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3412 3413 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3414 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3415 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3416 } 3417 } 3418 3419 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3420 Types.push_back(T); 3421 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3422 return QualType(T, 0); 3423} 3424 3425/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3426/// alphabetically. 3427static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3428 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3429 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3430} 3431 3432static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3433 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3434 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3435 3436 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3437 return false; 3438 3439 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3440 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3441 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3442 return false; 3443 return true; 3444} 3445 3446static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3447 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3448 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3449 3450 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3451 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3452 3453 // Canonicalize. 3454 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3455 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3456 3457 // Remove duplicates. 3458 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3459 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3460} 3461 3462QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3463 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3464 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3465 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3466 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3467 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3468 return BaseType; 3469 3470 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3471 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3472 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3473 void *InsertPos = 0; 3474 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3475 return QualType(QT, 0); 3476 3477 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3478 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3479 QualType Canonical; 3480 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3481 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3482 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3483 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3484 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3485 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3486 3487 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3488 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3489 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3490 } else { 3491 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3492 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3493 } 3494 3495 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3496 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3497 } 3498 3499 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3500 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3501 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3502 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3503 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3504 3505 Types.push_back(T); 3506 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3507 return QualType(T, 0); 3508} 3509 3510/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3511/// the given object type. 3512QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3514 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3515 3516 void *InsertPos = 0; 3517 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3518 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3519 return QualType(QT, 0); 3520 3521 // Find the canonical object type. 3522 QualType Canonical; 3523 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3524 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3525 3526 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3527 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3528 } 3529 3530 // No match. 3531 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3532 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3533 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3534 3535 Types.push_back(QType); 3536 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3537 return QualType(QType, 0); 3538} 3539 3540/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3541/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3542QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3543 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3544 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3545 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3546 3547 if (PrevDecl) { 3548 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3549 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3550 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3551 } 3552 3553 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3554 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3555 Decl = Def; 3556 3557 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3558 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3559 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3560 Types.push_back(T); 3561 return QualType(T, 0); 3562} 3563 3564/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3565/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3566/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3567/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3568/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3569QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3570 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3571 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3572 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3573 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3574 3575 void *InsertPos = 0; 3576 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3577 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3578 if (Canon) { 3579 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3580 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3581 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3582 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3583 } else { 3584 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3585 Canon 3586 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3587 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3588 toe = Canon; 3589 } 3590 } else { 3591 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3592 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3593 } 3594 Types.push_back(toe); 3595 return QualType(toe, 0); 3596} 3597 3598/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3599/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3600/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3601/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3602/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3603QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3604 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3605 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3606 Types.push_back(tot); 3607 return QualType(tot, 0); 3608} 3609 3610 3611/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3612/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3613/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3614/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3615/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3616QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3617 DecltypeType *dt; 3618 3619 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3620 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3621 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3622 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3623 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3624 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3625 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3626 3627 void *InsertPos = 0; 3628 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3629 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3630 if (Canon) { 3631 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3632 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3633 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3634 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3635 } else { 3636 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3637 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3638 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3639 dt = Canon; 3640 } 3641 } else { 3642 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3643 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3644 } 3645 Types.push_back(dt); 3646 return QualType(dt, 0); 3647} 3648 3649/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3650/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3651QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3652 QualType UnderlyingType, 3653 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3654 const { 3655 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3656 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3657 Kind, 3658 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3659 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3660 Types.push_back(Ty); 3661 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3662} 3663 3664/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3665/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3666/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3667QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3668 bool IsDependent) const { 3669 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3670 return getAutoDeductType(); 3671 3672 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3673 void *InsertPos = 0; 3674 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3675 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3676 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3677 return QualType(AT, 0); 3678 3679 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3680 IsDecltypeAuto, 3681 IsDependent); 3682 Types.push_back(AT); 3683 if (InsertPos) 3684 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3685 return QualType(AT, 0); 3686} 3687 3688/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3689/// the given value type. 3690QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3691 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3692 // structure. 3693 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3694 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3695 3696 void *InsertPos = 0; 3697 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3698 return QualType(AT, 0); 3699 3700 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3701 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3702 QualType Canonical; 3703 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3704 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3705 3706 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3707 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3708 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3709 } 3710 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3711 Types.push_back(New); 3712 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3713 return QualType(New, 0); 3714} 3715 3716/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3717QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3718 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3719 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3720 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3721 /*dependent*/false), 3722 0); 3723 return AutoDeductTy; 3724} 3725 3726/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3727QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3728 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3729 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3730 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3731 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3732} 3733 3734/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3735/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3736QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3737 assert (Decl); 3738 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3739 // away const? mutable? 3740 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3741} 3742 3743/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3744/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3745/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3746CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3747 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3748} 3749 3750/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3751CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3752 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3753} 3754 3755/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3756CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3757 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3758} 3759 3760/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3761/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3762QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3763 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3764 return WCharTy; 3765} 3766 3767/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3768/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3769QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3770 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3771 return UnsignedIntTy; 3772} 3773 3774QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3775 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3776} 3777 3778QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3779 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3780} 3781 3782/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3783/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3784QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3785 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3786} 3787 3788/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3789/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3790QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3791 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3792} 3793 3794//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3795// Type Operators 3796//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3797 3798CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3799 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3800 // qualifiers. 3801 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3802 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3803 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3804 QualType Result; 3805 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3806 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3807 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3808 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3809 } else { 3810 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3811 } 3812 3813 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3814} 3815 3816QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3817 Qualifiers &quals) { 3818 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3819 3820 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3821 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3822 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3823 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3824 const ArrayType *AT = 3825 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3826 3827 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3828 if (!AT) { 3829 quals = splitType.Quals; 3830 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3831 } 3832 3833 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3834 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3835 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3836 3837 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3838 // can just use the results in splitType. 3839 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3840 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3841 quals = splitType.Quals; 3842 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3843 } 3844 3845 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3846 // build the type back up. 3847 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3848 3849 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3850 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3851 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3852 } 3853 3854 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3855 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3856 } 3857 3858 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3859 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3860 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3861 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3862 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3863 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3864 } 3865 3866 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3867 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3868 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3869 SourceRange()); 3870} 3871 3872/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3873/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3874/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3875/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3876/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3877/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3878/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3879/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3880bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3881 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3882 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3883 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3884 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3885 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3886 return true; 3887 } 3888 3889 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3890 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3891 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3892 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3893 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3894 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3895 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3896 return true; 3897 } 3898 3899 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3900 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3901 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3902 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3903 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3904 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3905 return true; 3906 } 3907 } 3908 3909 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3910 3911 return false; 3912} 3913 3914DeclarationNameInfo 3915ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3916 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3917 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3918 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3919 case TemplateName::Template: 3920 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3921 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3922 NameLoc); 3923 3924 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3925 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3926 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3927 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3928 } 3929 3930 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3931 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3932 DeclarationName DName; 3933 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3934 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3935 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3936 } else { 3937 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3938 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3939 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3940 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3941 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3942 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3943 } 3944 } 3945 3946 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3947 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3948 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3949 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3950 NameLoc); 3951 } 3952 3953 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3954 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3955 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3956 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3957 NameLoc); 3958 } 3959 } 3960 3961 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3962} 3963 3964TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3965 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3966 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3967 case TemplateName::Template: { 3968 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3969 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3970 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3971 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3972 3973 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3974 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3975 } 3976 3977 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3978 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3979 3980 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3981 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3982 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3983 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3984 } 3985 3986 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3987 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3988 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3989 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3990 } 3991 3992 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3993 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3994 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3995 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3996 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3997 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3998 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3999 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 4000 } 4001 } 4002 4003 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 4004} 4005 4006bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 4007 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 4008 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 4009 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 4010} 4011 4012TemplateArgument 4013ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 4014 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 4015 case TemplateArgument::Null: 4016 return Arg; 4017 4018 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 4019 return Arg; 4020 4021 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 4022 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 4023 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 4024 } 4025 4026 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 4027 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 4028 /*isNullPtr*/true); 4029 4030 case TemplateArgument::Template: 4031 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 4032 4033 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 4034 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 4035 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4036 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4037 4038 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4039 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4040 4041 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4042 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4043 4044 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4045 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4046 return Arg; 4047 4048 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4049 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4050 unsigned Idx = 0; 4051 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4052 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4053 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4054 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4055 4056 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4057 } 4058 } 4059 4060 // Silence GCC warning 4061 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4062} 4063 4064NestedNameSpecifier * 4065ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4066 if (!NNS) 4067 return 0; 4068 4069 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4070 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4071 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4072 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4073 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4074 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4075 4076 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4077 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4078 // this namespace and no prefix. 4079 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4080 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4081 4082 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4083 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4084 // this namespace and no prefix. 4085 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4086 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4087 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4088 4089 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4090 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4091 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4092 4093 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4094 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4095 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4096 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4097 // types, e.g., 4098 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4099 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4100 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4101 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4102 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4103 4104 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4105 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4106 // first place? 4107 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4108 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4109 } 4110 4111 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4112 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4113 return NNS; 4114 } 4115 4116 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4117} 4118 4119 4120const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4121 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4122 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4123 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4124 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4125 return AT; 4126 } 4127 4128 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4129 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4130 return 0; 4131 4132 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4133 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4134 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4135 4136 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4137 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4138 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4139 4140 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4141 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4142 4143 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4144 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4145 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4146 return ATy; 4147 4148 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4149 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4150 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4151 4152 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4153 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4154 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4155 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4156 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4157 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4158 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4159 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4160 4161 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4162 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4163 return cast<ArrayType>( 4164 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4165 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4166 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4167 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4168 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4169 4170 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4171 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4172 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4173 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4174 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4175 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4176} 4177 4178QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4179 if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4180 return getDecayedType(T); 4181 return T; 4182} 4183 4184QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4185 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4186 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4187 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4188} 4189 4190/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4191/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4192/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4193/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4194/// 4195/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4196QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4197 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4198 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4199 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4200 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4201 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4202 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4203 4204 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4205 4206 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4207 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4208} 4209 4210QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4211 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4212} 4213 4214QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4215 Qualifiers qs; 4216 while (true) { 4217 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4218 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4219 if (!array) break; 4220 4221 type = array->getElementType(); 4222 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4223 } 4224 4225 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4226} 4227 4228/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4229uint64_t 4230ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4231 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4232 do { 4233 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4234 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4235 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4236 } while (CA); 4237 return ElementCount; 4238} 4239 4240/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4241/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4242static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4243 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4244 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4245 4246 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4247 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4248 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4249 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4250 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4251 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4252 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4253 } 4254} 4255 4256/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4257/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4258/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4259/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4260QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4261 QualType Domain) const { 4262 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4263 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4264 switch (EltRank) { 4265 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4266 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4267 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4268 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4269 } 4270 } 4271 4272 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4273 switch (EltRank) { 4274 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4275 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4276 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4277 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4278 } 4279 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4280} 4281 4282/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4283/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4284/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4285/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4286int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4287 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4288 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4289 4290 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4291 return 0; 4292 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4293 return 1; 4294 return -1; 4295} 4296 4297/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4298/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4299/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4300unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4301 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4302 4303 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4304 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4305 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4306 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4307 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4308 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4309 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4310 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4311 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4312 case BuiltinType::Short: 4313 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4314 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4315 case BuiltinType::Int: 4316 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4317 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4318 case BuiltinType::Long: 4319 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4320 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4321 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4322 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4323 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4324 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4325 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4326 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4327 } 4328} 4329 4330/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4331/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4332/// 4333/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4334/// promotion occurs. 4335QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4336 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4337 return QualType(); 4338 4339 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4340 if (!Field) 4341 return QualType(); 4342 4343 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4344 4345 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4346 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4347 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4348 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4349 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4350 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4351 return IntTy; 4352 4353 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4354 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4355 4356 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4357 // like the base type. 4358 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4359 // is ridiculous. 4360 return QualType(); 4361} 4362 4363/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4364/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4365/// integer type. 4366QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4367 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4368 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4369 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4370 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4371 4372 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4373 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4374 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4375 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4376 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4377 // unsigned long long int [...] 4378 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4379 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4380 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4381 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4382 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4383 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4384 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4385 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4386 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4387 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4388 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4389 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4390 (FromSize == ToSize && 4391 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4392 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4393 } 4394 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4395 } 4396 } 4397 4398 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4399 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4400 return IntTy; 4401 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4402 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4403 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4404 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4405} 4406 4407/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4408/// type and returns its ownership. 4409Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4410 while (!T.isNull()) { 4411 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4412 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4413 if (T->isArrayType()) 4414 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4415 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4416 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4417 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4418 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4419 else 4420 break; 4421 } 4422 4423 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4424} 4425 4426static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) { 4427 // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. 4428 // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. 4429 if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped()) 4430 return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); 4431 return NULL; 4432} 4433 4434/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4435/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4436/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4437int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4438 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4439 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4440 4441 // Unwrap enums to their underlying type. 4442 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(LHSC)) 4443 LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); 4444 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(RHSC)) 4445 RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); 4446 4447 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4448 4449 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4450 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4451 4452 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4453 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4454 4455 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4456 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4457 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4458 } 4459 4460 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4461 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4462 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4463 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4464 return 1; 4465 4466 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4467 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4468 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4469 return -1; 4470 } 4471 4472 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4473 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4474 return -1; 4475 4476 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4477 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4478 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4479 return 1; 4480} 4481 4482static RecordDecl * 4483CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4484 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4485 SourceLocation Loc; 4486 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4487 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4488 else 4489 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4490} 4491 4492// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4493QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4494 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4495 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4496 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4497 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4498 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4499 4500 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4501 4502 // const int *isa; 4503 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4504 // int flags; 4505 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4506 // const char *str; 4507 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4508 // long length; 4509 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4510 4511 // Create fields 4512 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4513 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4514 SourceLocation(), 4515 SourceLocation(), 0, 4516 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4517 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4518 /*Mutable=*/false, 4519 ICIS_NoInit); 4520 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4521 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4522 } 4523 4524 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4525 } 4526 4527 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4528} 4529 4530QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4531 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4532 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4533 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4534 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4535 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4536 } 4537 return ObjCSuperType; 4538} 4539 4540void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4541 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4542 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4543 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4544} 4545 4546QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4547 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4548 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4549 4550 RecordDecl *T; 4551 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4552 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4553 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4554 T->startDefinition(); 4555 4556 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4557 UnsignedLongTy, 4558 UnsignedLongTy, 4559 }; 4560 4561 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4562 "reserved", 4563 "Size" 4564 }; 4565 4566 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4567 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4568 SourceLocation(), 4569 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4570 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4571 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4572 /*Mutable=*/false, 4573 ICIS_NoInit); 4574 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4575 T->addDecl(Field); 4576 } 4577 4578 T->completeDefinition(); 4579 4580 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4581 4582 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4583} 4584 4585QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4586 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4587 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4588 4589 RecordDecl *T; 4590 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4591 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4592 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4593 T->startDefinition(); 4594 4595 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4596 UnsignedLongTy, 4597 UnsignedLongTy, 4598 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4599 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4600 }; 4601 4602 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4603 "reserved", 4604 "Size", 4605 "CopyFuncPtr", 4606 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4607 }; 4608 4609 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4610 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4611 SourceLocation(), 4612 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4613 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4614 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4615 /*Mutable=*/false, 4616 ICIS_NoInit); 4617 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4618 T->addDecl(Field); 4619 } 4620 4621 T->completeDefinition(); 4622 4623 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4624 4625 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4626} 4627 4628/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4629/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4630/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4631bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4632 const VarDecl *D) { 4633 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4634 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4635 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4636 4637 return true; 4638 } 4639 4640 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4641 4642 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4643 4644 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4645 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4646 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4647 4648 switch (lifetime) { 4649 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4650 4651 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4652 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4653 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4654 return false; 4655 4656 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4657 // byref routines. 4658 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4659 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4660 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4661 return true; 4662 } 4663 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4664 } 4665 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4666 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4667} 4668 4669bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4670 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4671 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4672 4673 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4674 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4675 return false; 4676 4677 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4678 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4679 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4680 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4681 } 4682 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4683 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4684 // MRR. 4685 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4686 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4687 else 4688 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4689 return true; 4690} 4691 4692TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4693 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4694 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4695 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4696 SourceLocation(), 4697 SourceLocation(), 4698 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4699 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4700 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4701} 4702 4703// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4704// typedef <type> BOOL; 4705static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4706 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4707 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4708 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4709 4710 return false; 4711} 4712 4713/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4714/// purpose. 4715CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4716 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4717 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4718 4719 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4720 4721 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4722 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4723 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4724 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4725 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4726 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4727 return sz; 4728} 4729 4730static inline 4731std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4732 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4733} 4734 4735/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4736/// declaration. 4737std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4738 std::string S; 4739 4740 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4741 QualType BlockTy = 4742 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4743 // Encode result type. 4744 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4745 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4746 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4747 S, true /*Extended*/); 4748 else 4749 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4750 S); 4751 // Compute size of all parameters. 4752 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4753 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4754 SourceLocation Loc; 4755 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4756 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4757 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4758 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4759 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4760 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4761 if (sz.isZero()) 4762 continue; 4763 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4764 ParmOffset += sz; 4765 } 4766 // Size of the argument frame 4767 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4768 // Block pointer and offset. 4769 S += "@?0"; 4770 4771 // Argument types. 4772 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4773 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4774 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4775 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4776 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4777 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4778 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4779 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4780 // elements. 4781 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4782 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4783 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4784 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4785 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4786 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4787 S, true /*Extended*/); 4788 else 4789 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4790 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4791 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4792 } 4793 4794 return S; 4795} 4796 4797bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4798 std::string& S) { 4799 // Encode result type. 4800 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4801 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4802 // Compute size of all parameters. 4803 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4804 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4805 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4806 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4807 if (sz.isZero()) 4808 continue; 4809 4810 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4811 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4812 ParmOffset += sz; 4813 } 4814 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4815 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4816 4817 // Argument types. 4818 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4819 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4820 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4821 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4822 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4823 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4824 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4825 // elements. 4826 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4827 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4828 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4829 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4830 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4831 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4832 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4833 } 4834 4835 return false; 4836} 4837 4838/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4839/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4840/// block object types. 4841void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4842 QualType T, std::string& S, 4843 bool Extended) const { 4844 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4845 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4846 // Encode parameter type. 4847 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4848 true /*OutermostType*/, 4849 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4850 false /*StructField*/, 4851 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4852 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4853} 4854 4855/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4856/// declaration. 4857bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4858 std::string& S, 4859 bool Extended) const { 4860 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4861 // Encode return type. 4862 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4863 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4864 // Compute size of all parameters. 4865 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4866 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4867 SourceLocation Loc; 4868 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4869 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4870 // their size. 4871 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4872 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4873 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4874 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4875 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4876 if (sz.isZero()) 4877 continue; 4878 4879 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4880 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4881 ParmOffset += sz; 4882 } 4883 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4884 S += "@0:"; 4885 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4886 4887 // Argument types. 4888 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4889 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4890 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4891 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4892 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4893 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4894 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4895 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4896 // elements. 4897 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4898 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4899 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4900 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4901 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4902 PType, S, Extended); 4903 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4904 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4905 } 4906 4907 return false; 4908} 4909 4910/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4911/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4912/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4913/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4914/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4915/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4916/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4917/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4918/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4919/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4920/// @code 4921/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4922/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4923/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4924/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4925/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4926/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4927/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4928/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4929/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4930/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4931/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4932/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4933/// }; 4934/// @endcode 4935void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4936 const Decl *Container, 4937 std::string& S) const { 4938 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4939 bool Dynamic = false; 4940 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4941 4942 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4943 if (Container) { 4944 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4945 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4946 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4947 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4948 i != e; ++i) { 4949 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4950 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4951 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4952 Dynamic = true; 4953 } else { 4954 SynthesizePID = PID; 4955 } 4956 } 4957 } 4958 } else { 4959 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4960 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4961 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4962 i != e; ++i) { 4963 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4964 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4965 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4966 Dynamic = true; 4967 } else { 4968 SynthesizePID = PID; 4969 } 4970 } 4971 } 4972 } 4973 } 4974 4975 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4976 S = "T"; 4977 4978 // Encode result type. 4979 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4980 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4981 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4982 true /* outermost type */, 4983 true /* encoding for property */); 4984 4985 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4986 S += ",R"; 4987 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4988 S += ",C"; 4989 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4990 S += ",&"; 4991 } else { 4992 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4993 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4994 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4995 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4996 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4997 } 4998 } 4999 5000 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 5001 // are "dynamic by default". 5002 if (Dynamic) 5003 S += ",D"; 5004 5005 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 5006 S += ",N"; 5007 5008 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 5009 S += ",G"; 5010 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 5011 } 5012 5013 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 5014 S += ",S"; 5015 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 5016 } 5017 5018 if (SynthesizePID) { 5019 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 5020 S += ",V"; 5021 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 5022 } 5023 5024 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 5025} 5026 5027/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 5028/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 5029/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 5030/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 5031/// 5032void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 5033 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5034 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 5035 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5036 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 5037 else 5038 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5039 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5040 } 5041 } 5042} 5043 5044void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5045 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5046 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5047 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5048 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5049 // same type. 5050 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5051 true /* outermost type */); 5052} 5053 5054static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5055 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5056 switch (kind) { 5057 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5058 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5059 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5060 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5061 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5062 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5063 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5064 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5065 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5066 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5067 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5068 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5069 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5070 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5071 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5072 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5073 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5074 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5075 case BuiltinType::Long: 5076 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5077 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5078 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5079 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5080 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5081 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5082 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5083 5084 case BuiltinType::Half: 5085 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5086 return ' '; 5087 5088 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5089 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5090 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5091 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5092 5093 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5094 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5095 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5096 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5097 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5098 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5099 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5100 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5101 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5102 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5103#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5104#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5105 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5106#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5107 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5108 } 5109 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5110} 5111 5112static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5113 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5114 5115 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5116 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5117 return 'i'; 5118 5119 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5120 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5121 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5122} 5123 5124static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5125 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5126 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5127 S += 'b'; 5128 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5129 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5130 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5131 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5132 // 5133 // struct 5134 // { 5135 // int integer; 5136 // int flags:2; 5137 // }; 5138 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5139 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5140 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5141 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5142 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5143 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5144 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5145 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5146 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5147 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5148 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5149 else { 5150 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5151 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5152 } 5153 } 5154 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5155} 5156 5157// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5158void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5159 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5160 bool ExpandStructures, 5161 const FieldDecl *FD, 5162 bool OutermostType, 5163 bool EncodingProperty, 5164 bool StructField, 5165 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5166 bool EncodeClassNames, 5167 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5168 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5169 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5170 case Type::Builtin: 5171 case Type::Enum: 5172 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5173 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5174 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5175 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5176 else 5177 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5178 return; 5179 5180 case Type::Complex: { 5181 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5182 S += 'j'; 5183 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5184 false); 5185 return; 5186 } 5187 5188 case Type::Atomic: { 5189 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5190 S += 'A'; 5191 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5192 false, false); 5193 return; 5194 } 5195 5196 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5197 case Type::Pointer: 5198 case Type::LValueReference: 5199 case Type::RValueReference: { 5200 QualType PointeeTy; 5201 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5202 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5203 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5204 S += ':'; 5205 return; 5206 } 5207 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5208 } else { 5209 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5210 } 5211 5212 bool isReadOnly = false; 5213 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5214 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5215 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5216 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5217 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5218 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5219 isReadOnly = true; 5220 S += 'r'; 5221 } 5222 } else if (OutermostType) { 5223 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5224 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5225 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5226 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5227 isReadOnly = true; 5228 S += 'r'; 5229 } 5230 } 5231 if (isReadOnly) { 5232 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5233 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5234 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5235 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5236 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5237 } 5238 5239 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5240 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5241 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5242 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5243 S += '*'; 5244 return; 5245 } 5246 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5247 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5248 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5249 S += '#'; 5250 return; 5251 } 5252 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5253 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5254 S += '@'; 5255 return; 5256 } 5257 // fall through... 5258 } 5259 S += '^'; 5260 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5261 5262 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5263 NULL); 5264 return; 5265 } 5266 5267 case Type::ConstantArray: 5268 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5269 case Type::VariableArray: { 5270 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5271 5272 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5273 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5274 S += '^'; 5275 5276 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5277 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5278 } else { 5279 S += '['; 5280 5281 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 5282 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5283 else { 5284 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5285 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5286 "Unknown array type!"); 5287 S += '0'; 5288 } 5289 5290 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5291 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5292 S += ']'; 5293 } 5294 return; 5295 } 5296 5297 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5298 case Type::FunctionProto: 5299 S += '?'; 5300 return; 5301 5302 case Type::Record: { 5303 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5304 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5305 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5306 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5307 S += II->getName(); 5308 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5309 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5310 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5311 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5312 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5313 TemplateArgs.data(), 5314 TemplateArgs.size(), 5315 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5316 } 5317 } else { 5318 S += '?'; 5319 } 5320 if (ExpandStructures) { 5321 S += '='; 5322 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5323 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5324 } else { 5325 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5326 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5327 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5328 if (FD) { 5329 S += '"'; 5330 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5331 S += '"'; 5332 } 5333 5334 // Special case bit-fields. 5335 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5336 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5337 *Field); 5338 } else { 5339 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5340 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5341 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5342 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5343 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5344 /*StructField*/true); 5345 } 5346 } 5347 } 5348 } 5349 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5350 return; 5351 } 5352 5353 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5354 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5355 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5356 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5357 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5358 5359 S += '<'; 5360 // Block return type 5361 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5362 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5363 FD, 5364 false /* OutermostType */, 5365 EncodingProperty, 5366 false /* StructField */, 5367 EncodeBlockParameters, 5368 EncodeClassNames); 5369 // Block self 5370 S += "@?"; 5371 // Block parameters 5372 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5373 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5374 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5375 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5376 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5377 ExpandStructures, 5378 FD, 5379 false /* OutermostType */, 5380 EncodingProperty, 5381 false /* StructField */, 5382 EncodeBlockParameters, 5383 EncodeClassNames); 5384 } 5385 } 5386 S += '>'; 5387 } 5388 return; 5389 } 5390 5391 case Type::ObjCObject: 5392 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5393 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5394 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5395 5396 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5397 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5398 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5399 // @encode(class_name) 5400 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5401 S += '{'; 5402 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5403 S += II->getName(); 5404 S += '='; 5405 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5406 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5407 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5408 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5409 if (Field->isBitField()) 5410 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5411 else 5412 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5413 false, false, false, false, false, 5414 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5415 } 5416 S += '}'; 5417 return; 5418 } 5419 5420 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5421 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5422 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5423 S += '@'; 5424 return; 5425 } 5426 5427 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5428 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5429 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5430 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5431 S += '#'; 5432 return; 5433 } 5434 5435 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5436 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5437 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5438 ExpandStructures, FD); 5439 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5440 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5441 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5442 S += '"'; 5443 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5444 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5445 S += '<'; 5446 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5447 S += '>'; 5448 } 5449 S += '"'; 5450 } 5451 return; 5452 } 5453 5454 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5455 if (!EncodingProperty && 5456 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5457 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5458 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5459 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5460 // {...}; 5461 S += '^'; 5462 if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5463 // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases. 5464 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl(); 5465 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5466 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5467 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5468 if (cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]) == FD) { 5469 S += '{'; 5470 S += OI->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5471 S += '}'; 5472 return; 5473 } 5474 } 5475 } 5476 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5477 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5478 NULL, 5479 false, false, false, false, false, 5480 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5481 return; 5482 } 5483 5484 S += '@'; 5485 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5486 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5487 S += '"'; 5488 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5489 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5490 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5491 S += '<'; 5492 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5493 S += '>'; 5494 } 5495 S += '"'; 5496 } 5497 return; 5498 } 5499 5500 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5501 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5502 case Type::MemberPointer: 5503 return; 5504 5505 case Type::Vector: 5506 case Type::ExtVector: 5507 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5508 // insufficient. 5509 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5510 return; 5511 5512 case Type::Auto: 5513 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5514 // Just ignore it. 5515 return; 5516 5517#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5518#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5519#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5520 case Type::KIND: 5521#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5522 case Type::KIND: 5523#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5524 case Type::KIND: 5525#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5526 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5527 } 5528 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5529} 5530 5531void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5532 std::string &S, 5533 const FieldDecl *FD, 5534 bool includeVBases) const { 5535 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5536 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5537 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5538 return; 5539 5540 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5541 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5542 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5543 5544 if (CXXRec) { 5545 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5546 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5547 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5548 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5549 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5550 if (base->isEmpty()) 5551 continue; 5552 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5553 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5554 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5555 } 5556 } 5557 } 5558 5559 unsigned i = 0; 5560 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5561 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5562 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5563 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5564 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5565 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5566 } 5567 5568 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5569 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5570 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5571 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5572 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5573 if (base->isEmpty()) 5574 continue; 5575 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5576 if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) && 5577 FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5578 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5579 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5580 } 5581 } 5582 5583 CharUnits size; 5584 if (CXXRec) { 5585 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5586 } else { 5587 size = layout.getSize(); 5588 } 5589 5590 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5591 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5592 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5593 5594 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5595 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5596 if (FD) { 5597 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5598 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5599 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5600 S += recname; 5601 S += '"'; 5602 } 5603 S += "^^?"; 5604 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5605 } 5606 5607 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5608 // Mark the end of the structure. 5609 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5610 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5611 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5612 } 5613 5614 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5615 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5616 5617 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5618 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5619 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5620 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5621 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5622 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5623 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5624 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5625 // longer then though. 5626 CurOffs += padding; 5627 } 5628 5629 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5630 if (dcl == 0) 5631 break; // reached end of structure. 5632 5633 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5634 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5635 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5636 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5637 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5638 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5639 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5640 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5641 } else { 5642 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5643 if (FD) { 5644 S += '"'; 5645 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5646 S += '"'; 5647 } 5648 5649 if (field->isBitField()) { 5650 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5651 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5652 } else { 5653 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5654 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5655 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5656 /*OutermostType*/false, 5657 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5658 /*StructField*/true); 5659 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5660 } 5661 } 5662 } 5663} 5664 5665void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5666 std::string& S) const { 5667 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5668 S += 'n'; 5669 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5670 S += 'N'; 5671 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5672 S += 'o'; 5673 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5674 S += 'O'; 5675 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5676 S += 'R'; 5677 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5678 S += 'V'; 5679} 5680 5681TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5682 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5683 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5684 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5685 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5686 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5687 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5688 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5689 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5690 } 5691 5692 return ObjCIdDecl; 5693} 5694 5695TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5696 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5697 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5698 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5699 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5700 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5701 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5702 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5703 } 5704 return ObjCSelDecl; 5705} 5706 5707TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5708 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5709 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5710 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5711 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5712 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5713 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5714 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5715 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5716 } 5717 5718 return ObjCClassDecl; 5719} 5720 5721ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5722 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5723 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5724 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5725 SourceLocation(), 5726 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5727 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5728 SourceLocation(), true); 5729 } 5730 5731 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5732} 5733 5734//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5735// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5736//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5737 5738static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5739 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5740 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5741 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5742 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5743 5744 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5745 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5746 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5747 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5748 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5749 TInfo); 5750 return VaListTypeDecl; 5751} 5752 5753static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5754 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5755 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5756 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5757 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5758 5759 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5760 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5761 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5762 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5763 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5764 TInfo); 5765 return VaListTypeDecl; 5766} 5767 5768static TypedefDecl * 5769CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5770 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5771 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5772 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5773 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5774 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5775 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5776 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5777 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5778 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5779 5780 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5781 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5782 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5783 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5784 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5785 } else { 5786 // struct __va_list 5787 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5788 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5789 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5790 } 5791 5792 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5793 5794 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5795 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5796 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5797 5798 // void *__stack; 5799 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5800 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5801 5802 // void *__gr_top; 5803 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5804 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5805 5806 // void *__vr_top; 5807 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5808 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5809 5810 // int __gr_offs; 5811 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5812 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5813 5814 // int __vr_offs; 5815 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5816 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5817 5818 // Create fields 5819 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5820 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5821 VaListTagDecl, 5822 SourceLocation(), 5823 SourceLocation(), 5824 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5825 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5826 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5827 /*Mutable=*/false, 5828 ICIS_NoInit); 5829 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5830 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5831 } 5832 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5833 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5834 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5835 5836 // } __builtin_va_list; 5837 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5838 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5839 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5840 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5841 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5842 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5843 5844 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5845} 5846 5847static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5848 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5849 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5850 5851 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5852 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5853 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5854 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5855 5856 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5857 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5858 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5859 5860 // unsigned char gpr; 5861 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5862 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5863 5864 // unsigned char fpr; 5865 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5866 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5867 5868 // unsigned short reserved; 5869 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5870 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5871 5872 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5873 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5874 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5875 5876 // void* reg_save_area; 5877 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5878 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5879 5880 // Create fields 5881 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5882 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5883 SourceLocation(), 5884 SourceLocation(), 5885 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5886 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5887 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5888 /*Mutable=*/false, 5889 ICIS_NoInit); 5890 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5891 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5892 } 5893 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5894 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5895 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5896 5897 // } __va_list_tag; 5898 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5899 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5900 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5901 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5902 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5903 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5904 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5905 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5906 5907 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5908 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5909 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5910 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5911 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5913 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5914 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5915 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5916 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5917 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5918 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5919 TInfo); 5920 5921 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5922} 5923 5924static TypedefDecl * 5925CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5926 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5927 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5928 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5929 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5930 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5931 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5932 5933 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5934 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5935 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5936 5937 // unsigned gp_offset; 5938 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5939 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5940 5941 // unsigned fp_offset; 5942 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5943 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5944 5945 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5946 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5947 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5948 5949 // void* reg_save_area; 5950 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5951 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5952 5953 // Create fields 5954 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5955 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5956 VaListTagDecl, 5957 SourceLocation(), 5958 SourceLocation(), 5959 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5960 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5961 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5962 /*Mutable=*/false, 5963 ICIS_NoInit); 5964 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5965 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5966 } 5967 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5968 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5969 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5970 5971 // } __va_list_tag; 5972 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5973 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5974 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5975 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5976 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5977 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5978 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5979 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5980 5981 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5982 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5983 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5984 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5985 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5987 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5988 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5989 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5990 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5991 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5992 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5993 TInfo); 5994 5995 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5996} 5997 5998static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5999 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 6000 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 6001 QualType IntArrayType 6002 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 6003 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 6004 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6005 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6006 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6007 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6008 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6009 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 6010 6011 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6012} 6013 6014static TypedefDecl * 6015CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6016 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 6017 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6018 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 6019 NamespaceDecl *NS; 6020 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6021 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6022 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 6023 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 6024 /*PrevDecl*/0); 6025 6026 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6027 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6028 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6029 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 6030 6031 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 6032 6033 } else { 6034 // struct __va_list { 6035 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6036 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6037 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 6038 } 6039 6040 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 6041 6042 // void * __ap; 6043 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6044 VaListDecl, 6045 SourceLocation(), 6046 SourceLocation(), 6047 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 6048 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 6049 /*TInfo=*/0, 6050 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6051 /*Mutable=*/false, 6052 ICIS_NoInit); 6053 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6054 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6055 6056 // }; 6057 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6058 6059 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6060 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6061 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6062 6063 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6064 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6065 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6066 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6067 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6068 TInfo); 6069 6070 return VaListTypeDecl; 6071} 6072 6073static TypedefDecl * 6074CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6075 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6076 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6077 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6078 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6079 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6080 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6081 6082 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6083 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6084 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6085 6086 // long __gpr; 6087 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6088 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6089 6090 // long __fpr; 6091 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6092 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6093 6094 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6095 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6096 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6097 6098 // void *__reg_save_area; 6099 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6100 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6101 6102 // Create fields 6103 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6104 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6105 VaListTagDecl, 6106 SourceLocation(), 6107 SourceLocation(), 6108 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6109 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6110 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6111 /*Mutable=*/false, 6112 ICIS_NoInit); 6113 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6114 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6115 } 6116 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6117 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6118 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6119 6120 // } __va_list_tag; 6121 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6122 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6123 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6124 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6125 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6126 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6127 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6128 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6129 6130 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6131 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6132 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6133 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6134 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6135 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6136 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6137 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6138 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6139 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6140 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6141 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6142 TInfo); 6143 6144 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6145} 6146 6147static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6148 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6149 switch (Kind) { 6150 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6151 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6152 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6153 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6154 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6155 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6156 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6157 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6158 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6159 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6160 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6161 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6162 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6163 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6164 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6165 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6166 } 6167 6168 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6169} 6170 6171TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6172 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6173 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6174 6175 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6176} 6177 6178QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6179 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6180 // declaration. 6181 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6182 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6183 6184 return VaListTagTy; 6185} 6186 6187void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6188 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6189 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6190 6191 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6192} 6193 6194/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6195/// lookup. 6196TemplateName 6197ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6198 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6199 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6200 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6201 6202 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6203 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6204 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6205 6206 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6207 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6208 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6209 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6210 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6211 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6212 *Storage++ = D; 6213 } 6214 6215 return TemplateName(OT); 6216} 6217 6218/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6219/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6220TemplateName 6221ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6222 bool TemplateKeyword, 6223 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6224 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6225 6226 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6227 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6228 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6229 6230 void *InsertPos = 0; 6231 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6232 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6233 if (!QTN) { 6234 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6235 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6236 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6237 } 6238 6239 return TemplateName(QTN); 6240} 6241 6242/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6243/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6244TemplateName 6245ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6246 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6247 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6248 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6249 6250 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6251 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6252 6253 void *InsertPos = 0; 6254 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6255 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6256 6257 if (QTN) 6258 return TemplateName(QTN); 6259 6260 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6261 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6262 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6263 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6264 } else { 6265 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6266 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6267 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6268 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6269 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6270 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6271 (void)CheckQTN; 6272 } 6273 6274 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6275 return TemplateName(QTN); 6276} 6277 6278/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6279/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6280TemplateName 6281ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6282 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6283 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6284 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6285 6286 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6287 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6288 6289 void *InsertPos = 0; 6290 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6291 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6292 6293 if (QTN) 6294 return TemplateName(QTN); 6295 6296 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6297 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6298 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6299 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6300 } else { 6301 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6302 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6303 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6304 6305 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6306 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6307 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6308 (void)CheckQTN; 6309 } 6310 6311 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6312 return TemplateName(QTN); 6313} 6314 6315TemplateName 6316ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6317 TemplateName replacement) const { 6318 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6319 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6320 6321 void *insertPos = 0; 6322 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6323 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6324 6325 if (!subst) { 6326 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6327 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6328 } 6329 6330 return TemplateName(subst); 6331} 6332 6333TemplateName 6334ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6335 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6336 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6337 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6338 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6339 6340 void *InsertPos = 0; 6341 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6342 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6343 6344 if (!Subst) { 6345 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6346 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6347 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6348 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6349 } 6350 6351 return TemplateName(Subst); 6352} 6353 6354/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6355/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6356/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6357CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6358 switch (Type) { 6359 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6360 case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy; 6361 case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy; 6362 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6363 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6364 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6365 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6366 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6367 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6368 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6369 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6370 } 6371 6372 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6373} 6374 6375//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6376// Type Predicates. 6377//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6378 6379/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6380/// garbage collection attribute. 6381/// 6382Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6383 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6384 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6385 6386 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6387 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6388 6389 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6390 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6391 // as __strong. 6392 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6393 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6394 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6395 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6396 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6397 } else { 6398 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6399 // pointer. 6400#ifndef NDEBUG 6401 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6402 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6403 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6404 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6405#endif 6406 } 6407 return GCAttrs; 6408} 6409 6410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6411// Type Compatibility Testing 6412//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6413 6414/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6415/// compatible. 6416static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6417 const VectorType *RHS) { 6418 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6419 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6420 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6421} 6422 6423bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6424 QualType SecondVec) { 6425 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6426 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6427 6428 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6429 return true; 6430 6431 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6432 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6433 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6434 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6435 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6436 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6437 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6438 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6439 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6440 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6441 return true; 6442 6443 return false; 6444} 6445 6446//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6447// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6448//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6449 6450/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6451/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6452bool 6453ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6454 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6455 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6456 return true; 6457 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6458 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6459 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6460 return true; 6461 return false; 6462} 6463 6464/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6465/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6466bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6467 QualType rhs) { 6468 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6469 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6470 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6471 6472 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6473 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6474 bool match = false; 6475 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6476 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6477 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6478 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6479 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6480 match = true; 6481 break; 6482 } 6483 } 6484 if (!match) 6485 return false; 6486 } 6487 return true; 6488} 6489 6490/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6491/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6492bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6493 bool compare) { 6494 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6495 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6496 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6497 return true; 6498 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6499 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6500 return true; 6501 6502 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6503 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6504 6505 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6506 6507 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6508 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6509 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6510 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6511 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6512 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6513 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6514 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6515 // through its super class and categories. 6516 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6517 return false; 6518 } 6519 } 6520 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6521 return true; 6522 } 6523 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6524 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6525 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6526 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6527 bool match = false; 6528 6529 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6530 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6531 // through its super class and categories. 6532 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6533 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6534 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6535 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6536 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6537 match = true; 6538 break; 6539 } 6540 } 6541 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6542 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6543 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6544 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6545 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6546 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6547 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6548 // through its super class and categories. 6549 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6550 match = true; 6551 break; 6552 } 6553 } 6554 } 6555 if (!match) 6556 return false; 6557 } 6558 6559 return true; 6560 } 6561 6562 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6563 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6564 6565 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6566 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6567 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6568 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6569 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6570 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6571 bool match = false; 6572 6573 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6574 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6575 // through its super class and categories. 6576 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6577 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6578 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6579 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6580 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6581 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6582 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6583 match = true; 6584 break; 6585 } 6586 } 6587 if (!match) 6588 return false; 6589 } 6590 6591 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6592 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6593 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6594 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6595 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6596 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6597 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6598 // assume that it is mismatch. 6599 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6600 return false; 6601 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6602 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6603 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6604 bool match = false; 6605 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6606 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6607 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6608 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6609 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6610 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6611 match = true; 6612 break; 6613 } 6614 } 6615 if (!match) 6616 return false; 6617 } 6618 } 6619 return true; 6620 } 6621 return false; 6622} 6623 6624/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6625/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6626/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6627/// 6628bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6629 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6630 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6631 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6632 6633 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6634 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6635 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6636 return true; 6637 6638 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6639 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6640 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6641 false); 6642 6643 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6644 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6645 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6646 6647 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6648 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6649 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6650 6651 return false; 6652} 6653 6654/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6655/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6656/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6657/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6658/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6659bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6660 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6661 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6662 bool BlockReturnType) { 6663 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6664 return true; 6665 6666 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6667 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6668 } 6669 6670 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6671 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6672 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6673 false); 6674 6675 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6676 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6677 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6678 if (LHS != RHS) { 6679 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6680 return BlockReturnType; 6681 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6682 return !BlockReturnType; 6683 } 6684 else 6685 return true; 6686 } 6687 return false; 6688} 6689 6690/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6691/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6692/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6693/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6694static 6695void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6696 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6697 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6698 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6699 6700 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6701 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6702 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6703 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6704 6705 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6706 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6707 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6708 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6709 else { 6710 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6711 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6712 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6713 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6714 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6715 } 6716 6717 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6718 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6719 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6720 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6721 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6722 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6723 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6724 } else { 6725 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6726 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6727 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6728 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6729 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6730 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6731 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6732 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6733 } 6734} 6735 6736/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6737/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6738/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6739/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6740QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6741 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6742 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6743 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6744 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6745 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6746 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6747 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6748 return QualType(); 6749 6750 do { 6751 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6752 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6753 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6754 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6755 6756 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6757 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6758 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6759 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6760 return Result; 6761 } 6762 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6763 6764 return QualType(); 6765} 6766 6767bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6768 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6769 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6770 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6771 6772 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6773 // the LHS. 6774 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6775 return false; 6776 6777 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6778 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6779 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6780 return true; 6781 6782 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6783 // more detailed analysis is required. 6784 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6785 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6786 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6787 // false otherwise. 6788 bool IsSuperClass = 6789 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6790 if (IsSuperClass) { 6791 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6792 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6793 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6794 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6795 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6796 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6797 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6798 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6799 return false; 6800 6801 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6802 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6803 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6804 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6805 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6806 6807 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6808 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6809 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6810 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6811 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6812 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6813 break; 6814 } 6815 } 6816 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6817 return false; 6818 } 6819 return true; 6820 } 6821 return false; 6822 } 6823 6824 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6825 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6826 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6827 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6828 6829 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6830 // are incompatible. 6831 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6832 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6833 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6834 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6835 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6836 break; 6837 } 6838 } 6839 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6840 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6841 return false; 6842 } 6843 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6844 return true; 6845} 6846 6847bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6848 // get the "pointed to" types 6849 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6850 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6851 6852 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6853 return false; 6854 6855 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6856 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6857} 6858 6859bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6860 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6861 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6862 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6863} 6864 6865/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6866/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6867/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6868/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6869bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6870 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6872 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6873 6874 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6875} 6876 6877bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6878 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6879} 6880 6881bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6882 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6883} 6884 6885/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6886/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6887/// QualType() 6888QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6889 bool OfBlockPointer, 6890 bool Unqualified) { 6891 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6892 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6893 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6894 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6895 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6896 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6897 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6898 if (!MT.isNull()) 6899 return MT; 6900 } 6901 } 6902 } 6903 6904 return QualType(); 6905} 6906 6907/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6908/// argument types 6909QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6910 bool OfBlockPointer, 6911 bool Unqualified) { 6912 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6913 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6914 // type is compatible with a union member 6915 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6916 Unqualified); 6917 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6918 return lmerge; 6919 6920 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6921 Unqualified); 6922 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6923 return rmerge; 6924 6925 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6926} 6927 6928QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6929 bool OfBlockPointer, 6930 bool Unqualified) { 6931 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6932 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6933 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6934 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6935 bool allLTypes = true; 6936 bool allRTypes = true; 6937 6938 // Check return type 6939 QualType retType; 6940 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6941 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6942 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6943 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6944 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6945 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6946 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6947 } 6948 else 6949 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6950 Unqualified); 6951 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6952 6953 if (Unqualified) 6954 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6955 6956 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6957 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6958 if (Unqualified) { 6959 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6960 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6961 } 6962 6963 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6964 allLTypes = false; 6965 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6966 allRTypes = false; 6967 6968 // FIXME: double check this 6969 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6970 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6971 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6972 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6973 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6974 6975 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6976 if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC()) 6977 return QualType(); 6978 6979 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6980 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6981 return QualType(); 6982 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6983 return QualType(); 6984 6985 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6986 return QualType(); 6987 6988 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6989 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6990 6991 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6992 allLTypes = false; 6993 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6994 allRTypes = false; 6995 6996 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6997 6998 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6999 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 7000 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7001 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 7002 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 7003 7004 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 7005 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 7006 return QualType(); 7007 7008 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 7009 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 7010 return QualType(); 7011 7012 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 7013 return QualType(); 7014 7015 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 7016 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 7017 return QualType(); 7018 7019 // Check argument compatibility 7020 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 7021 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 7022 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 7023 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 7024 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 7025 OfBlockPointer, 7026 Unqualified); 7027 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 7028 7029 if (Unqualified) 7030 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7031 7032 types.push_back(argtype); 7033 if (Unqualified) { 7034 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7035 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7036 } 7037 7038 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 7039 allLTypes = false; 7040 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 7041 allRTypes = false; 7042 } 7043 7044 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7045 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7046 7047 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7048 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7049 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7050 } 7051 7052 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7053 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7054 7055 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7056 if (proto) { 7057 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7058 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7059 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7060 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7061 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7062 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7063 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7064 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7065 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7066 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7067 7068 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7069 // to pass enum values. 7070 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7071 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7072 if (argTy.isNull()) 7073 return QualType(); 7074 } 7075 7076 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7077 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7078 return QualType(); 7079 } 7080 7081 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7082 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7083 7084 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7085 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7086 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7087 } 7088 7089 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7090 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7091 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7092} 7093 7094/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7095static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7096 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7097 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7098 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7099 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7100 // type. 7101 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7102 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7103 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7104 return other; 7105 7106 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7107 // integral type of the same size. 7108 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7109 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7110 return other; 7111 7112 return QualType(); 7113} 7114 7115QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7116 bool OfBlockPointer, 7117 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7118 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7119 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7120 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7121 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7122 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7123 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7124 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7125 7126 if (Unqualified) { 7127 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7128 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7129 } 7130 7131 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7132 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7133 7134 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7135 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7136 return LHS; 7137 7138 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7139 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7140 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7141 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7142 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7143 // mismatch. 7144 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7145 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7146 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7147 return QualType(); 7148 7149 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7150 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7151 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7152 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7153 // qualified __strong. 7154 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7155 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7156 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7157 7158 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7159 return QualType(); 7160 7161 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7162 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7163 } 7164 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7165 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7166 } 7167 return QualType(); 7168 } 7169 7170 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7171 7172 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7173 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7174 7175 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7176 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7177 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7178 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7179 7180 // Same as above for arrays 7181 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7182 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7183 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7184 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7185 7186 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7187 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7188 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7189 7190 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7191 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7192 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7193 7194 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7195 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7196 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7197 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7198 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7199 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7200 } 7201 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7202 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7203 } 7204 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7205 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7206 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7207 return LHS; 7208 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7209 return RHS; 7210 } 7211 7212 return QualType(); 7213 } 7214 7215 // The canonical type classes match. 7216 switch (LHSClass) { 7217#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7218#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7219#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7220#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7221#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7222#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7223 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7224 7225 case Type::Auto: 7226 case Type::LValueReference: 7227 case Type::RValueReference: 7228 case Type::MemberPointer: 7229 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7230 7231 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7232 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7233 case Type::VariableArray: 7234 case Type::FunctionProto: 7235 case Type::ExtVector: 7236 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7237 7238 case Type::Pointer: 7239 { 7240 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7241 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7242 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7243 if (Unqualified) { 7244 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7245 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7246 } 7247 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7248 Unqualified); 7249 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7250 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7251 return LHS; 7252 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7253 return RHS; 7254 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7255 } 7256 case Type::BlockPointer: 7257 { 7258 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7259 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7260 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7261 if (Unqualified) { 7262 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7263 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7264 } 7265 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7266 Unqualified); 7267 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7268 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7269 return LHS; 7270 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7271 return RHS; 7272 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7273 } 7274 case Type::Atomic: 7275 { 7276 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7277 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7278 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7279 if (Unqualified) { 7280 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7281 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7282 } 7283 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7284 Unqualified); 7285 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7286 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7287 return LHS; 7288 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7289 return RHS; 7290 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7291 } 7292 case Type::ConstantArray: 7293 { 7294 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7295 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7296 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7297 return QualType(); 7298 7299 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7300 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7301 if (Unqualified) { 7302 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7303 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7304 } 7305 7306 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7307 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7308 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7309 return LHS; 7310 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7311 return RHS; 7312 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7313 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7314 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7315 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7316 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7317 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7318 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7319 return LHS; 7320 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7321 return RHS; 7322 if (LVAT) { 7323 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7324 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7325 // has to be different. 7326 return LHS; 7327 } 7328 if (RVAT) { 7329 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7330 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7331 // has to be different. 7332 return RHS; 7333 } 7334 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7335 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7336 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7337 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7338 } 7339 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7340 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7341 case Type::Record: 7342 case Type::Enum: 7343 return QualType(); 7344 case Type::Builtin: 7345 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7346 return QualType(); 7347 case Type::Complex: 7348 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7349 return QualType(); 7350 case Type::Vector: 7351 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7352 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7353 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7354 return LHS; 7355 return QualType(); 7356 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7357 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7358 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7359 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7360 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7361 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7362 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7363 return LHS; 7364 7365 return QualType(); 7366 } 7367 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7368 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7369 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7370 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7371 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7372 BlockReturnType)) 7373 return LHS; 7374 return QualType(); 7375 } 7376 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7377 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7378 return LHS; 7379 7380 return QualType(); 7381 } 7382 } 7383 7384 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7385} 7386 7387bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7388 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7389 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7390 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7391 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7392 return false; 7393 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7394 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7395 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7396 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7397 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7398 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7399 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7400 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7401 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7402 return false; 7403 } 7404 return true; 7405} 7406 7407/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7408/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7409/// return types. 7410QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7411 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7412 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7413 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7414 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7415 return LHS; 7416 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7417 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7418 return QualType(); 7419 QualType OldReturnType = 7420 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7421 QualType NewReturnType = 7422 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7423 QualType ResReturnType = 7424 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7425 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7426 return QualType(); 7427 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7428 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7429 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7430 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7431 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7432 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7433 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7434 QualType ResultType = 7435 getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7436 return ResultType; 7437 } 7438 } 7439 return QualType(); 7440 } 7441 7442 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7443 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7444 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7445 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7446 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7447 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7448 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7449 return QualType(); 7450 7451 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7452 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7453 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7454 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7455 // qualified __strong. 7456 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7457 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7458 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7459 7460 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7461 return QualType(); 7462 7463 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7464 return LHS; 7465 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7466 return RHS; 7467 return QualType(); 7468 } 7469 7470 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7471 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7472 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7473 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7474 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7475 return LHS; 7476 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7477 return RHS; 7478 } 7479 return QualType(); 7480} 7481 7482//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7483// Integer Predicates 7484//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7485 7486unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7487 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7488 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7489 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7490 return 1; 7491 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7492 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7493} 7494 7495QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7496 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7497 7498 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7499 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7500 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7501 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7502 7503 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7504 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7505 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7506 7507 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7508 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7509 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7510 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7511 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7512 return UnsignedCharTy; 7513 case BuiltinType::Short: 7514 return UnsignedShortTy; 7515 case BuiltinType::Int: 7516 return UnsignedIntTy; 7517 case BuiltinType::Long: 7518 return UnsignedLongTy; 7519 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7520 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7521 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7522 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7523 default: 7524 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7525 } 7526} 7527 7528ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7529 7530void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7531 QualType ReturnType) {} 7532 7533//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7534// Builtin Type Computation 7535//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7536 7537/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7538/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7539/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7540/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7541/// a vector of "i*". 7542/// 7543/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7544/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7545static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7546 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7547 bool &RequiresICE, 7548 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7549 // Modifiers. 7550 int HowLong = 0; 7551 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7552 RequiresICE = false; 7553 7554 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7555 bool Done = false; 7556 while (!Done) { 7557 switch (*Str++) { 7558 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7559 case 'I': 7560 RequiresICE = true; 7561 break; 7562 case 'S': 7563 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7564 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7565 Signed = true; 7566 break; 7567 case 'U': 7568 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7569 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7570 Unsigned = true; 7571 break; 7572 case 'L': 7573 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7574 ++HowLong; 7575 break; 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 QualType Type; 7580 7581 // Read the base type. 7582 switch (*Str++) { 7583 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7584 case 'v': 7585 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7586 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7587 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7588 break; 7589 case 'h': 7590 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7591 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7592 Type = Context.HalfTy; 7593 break; 7594 case 'f': 7595 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7596 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7597 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7598 break; 7599 case 'd': 7600 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7601 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7602 if (HowLong) 7603 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7604 else 7605 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7606 break; 7607 case 's': 7608 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7609 if (Unsigned) 7610 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7611 else 7612 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7613 break; 7614 case 'i': 7615 if (HowLong == 3) 7616 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7617 else if (HowLong == 2) 7618 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7619 else if (HowLong == 1) 7620 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7621 else 7622 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7623 break; 7624 case 'c': 7625 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7626 if (Signed) 7627 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7628 else if (Unsigned) 7629 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7630 else 7631 Type = Context.CharTy; 7632 break; 7633 case 'b': // boolean 7634 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7635 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7636 break; 7637 case 'z': // size_t. 7638 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7639 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7640 break; 7641 case 'F': 7642 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7643 break; 7644 case 'G': 7645 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7646 break; 7647 case 'H': 7648 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7649 break; 7650 case 'M': 7651 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7652 break; 7653 case 'a': 7654 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7655 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7656 break; 7657 case 'A': 7658 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7659 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7660 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7661 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7662 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7663 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7664 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7665 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7666 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7667 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7668 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7669 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7670 else 7671 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7672 break; 7673 case 'V': { 7674 char *End; 7675 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7676 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7677 Str = End; 7678 7679 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7680 RequiresICE, false); 7681 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7682 7683 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7684 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7685 VectorType::GenericVector); 7686 break; 7687 } 7688 case 'E': { 7689 char *End; 7690 7691 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7692 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7693 7694 Str = End; 7695 7696 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7697 false); 7698 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7699 break; 7700 } 7701 case 'X': { 7702 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7703 false); 7704 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7705 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7706 break; 7707 } 7708 case 'Y' : { 7709 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7710 break; 7711 } 7712 case 'P': 7713 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7714 if (Type.isNull()) { 7715 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7716 return QualType(); 7717 } 7718 break; 7719 case 'J': 7720 if (Signed) 7721 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7722 else 7723 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7724 7725 if (Type.isNull()) { 7726 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7727 return QualType(); 7728 } 7729 break; 7730 case 'K': 7731 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7732 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7733 7734 if (Type.isNull()) { 7735 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7736 return QualType(); 7737 } 7738 break; 7739 case 'p': 7740 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7741 break; 7742 } 7743 7744 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7745 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7746 while (!Done) { 7747 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7748 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7749 case '*': 7750 case '&': { 7751 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7752 // qualified with an address space. 7753 char *End; 7754 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7755 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7756 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7757 Str = End; 7758 } 7759 if (c == '*') 7760 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7761 else 7762 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7763 break; 7764 } 7765 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7766 case 'C': 7767 Type = Type.withConst(); 7768 break; 7769 case 'D': 7770 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7771 break; 7772 case 'R': 7773 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7774 break; 7775 } 7776 } 7777 7778 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7779 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7780 7781 return Type; 7782} 7783 7784/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7785QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7786 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7787 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7788 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7789 7790 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7791 7792 bool RequiresICE = false; 7793 Error = GE_None; 7794 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7795 RequiresICE, true); 7796 if (Error != GE_None) 7797 return QualType(); 7798 7799 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7800 7801 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7802 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7803 if (Error != GE_None) 7804 return QualType(); 7805 7806 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7807 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7808 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7809 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7810 7811 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7812 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7813 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7814 7815 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7816 } 7817 7818 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7819 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7820 7821 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(CC_C); 7822 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7823 7824 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7825 7826 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7827 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7828 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7829 7830 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7831 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7832 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7833 7834 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7835} 7836 7837GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7838 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7839 return GVA_Internal; 7840 7841 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7842 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7843 case TSK_Undeclared: 7844 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7845 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7846 break; 7847 7848 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7849 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7850 7851 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7852 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7853 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7854 break; 7855 } 7856 7857 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7858 return External; 7859 7860 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) || 7861 FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7862 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7863 // externally visible. 7864 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7865 return External; 7866 7867 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7868 return GVA_C99Inline; 7869 } 7870 7871 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7872 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7873 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7874 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7875 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7876 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7877 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7878 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7879 return GVA_C99Inline; 7880 7881 return GVA_CXXInline; 7882} 7883 7884GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7885 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7886 return GVA_Internal; 7887 7888 switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7889 case TSK_Undeclared: 7890 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7891 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7892 7893 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7894 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7895 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7896 7897 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7898 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7899 7900 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7901 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7902 } 7903 7904 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7905} 7906 7907bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7908 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7909 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7910 return false; 7911 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7912 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7913 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7914 return false; 7915 } else 7916 return false; 7917 7918 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7919 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7920 return false; 7921 7922 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7923 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7924 return false; 7925 7926 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7927 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7928 return true; 7929 7930 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7931 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7932 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7933 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7934 7935 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7936 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7937 return true; 7938 7939 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7940 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7941 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7942 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7943 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7944 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7945 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7946 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7947 return true; 7948 } 7949 } 7950 } 7951 7952 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7953 7954 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7955 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7956 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7957 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7958 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7959 return false; 7960 return true; 7961 } 7962 7963 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7964 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7965 7966 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7967 return false; 7968 7969 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7970 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7971 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7972 return true; 7973 7974 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7975 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7976 return true; 7977 7978 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7979 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7980 return true; 7981 7982 return false; 7983} 7984 7985CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic, 7986 bool IsCXXMethod) const { 7987 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7988 if (IsCXXMethod) 7989 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic); 7990 7991 return (LangOpts.MRTD && !IsVariadic) ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C; 7992} 7993 7994bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7995 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7996 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7997} 7998 7999MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 8000 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 8001 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 8002 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 8003 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 8004 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 8005 return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); 8006 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 8007 return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); 8008 } 8009 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 8010} 8011 8012CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 8013 8014size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 8015 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() + 8016 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) + 8017 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) + 8018 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) + 8019 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) + 8020 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) + 8021 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) + 8022 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) + 8023 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) + 8024 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) + 8025 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) + 8026 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) + 8027 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) + 8028 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 8029} 8030 8031/// getIntTypeForBitwidth - 8032/// sets integer QualTy according to specified details: 8033/// bitwidth, signed/unsigned. 8034/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. 8035QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth, 8036 unsigned Signed) const { 8037 TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed); 8038 CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty); 8039 if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128) 8040 return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty; 8041 return QualTy; 8042} 8043 8044/// getRealTypeForBitwidth - 8045/// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth. 8046/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. 8047QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const { 8048 TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth); 8049 switch (Ty) { 8050 case TargetInfo::Float: 8051 return FloatTy; 8052 case TargetInfo::Double: 8053 return DoubleTy; 8054 case TargetInfo::LongDouble: 8055 return LongDoubleTy; 8056 case TargetInfo::NoFloat: 8057 return QualType(); 8058 } 8059 8060 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value"); 8061} 8062 8063void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { 8064 if (Number > 1) 8065 MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; 8066} 8067 8068unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { 8069 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8070 MangleNumbers.find(ND); 8071 return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; 8072} 8073 8074MangleNumberingContext & 8075ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { 8076 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C. 8077 MangleNumberingContext *&MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; 8078 if (!MCtx) 8079 MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext(); 8080 return *MCtx; 8081} 8082 8083MangleNumberingContext *ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const { 8084 return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext(); 8085} 8086 8087void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8088 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8089} 8090 8091unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8092 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8093 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8094 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8095 return I->second; 8096} 8097 8098APValue * 8099ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, 8100 bool MayCreate) { 8101 assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && 8102 "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); 8103 if (MayCreate) 8104 return &MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; 8105 8106 llvm::DenseMap<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue>::iterator I = 8107 MaterializedTemporaryValues.find(E); 8108 return I == MaterializedTemporaryValues.end() ? 0 : &I->second; 8109} 8110 8111bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8112 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8113 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8114 return false; 8115 8116 if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) && 8117 !(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9))) 8118 return false; 8119 8120 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8121 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8122 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8123 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8124 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8125 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8126 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8127} 8128 8129namespace { 8130 8131 /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their 8132 /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. 8133 /// 8134 /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST 8135 /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) 8136 /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. 8137 /// 8138 /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. 8139 class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> { 8140 8141 public: 8142 /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. 8143 /// 8144 /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. 8145 static ASTContext::ParentMap *buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { 8146 ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMap); 8147 Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); 8148 return Visitor.Parents; 8149 } 8150 8151 private: 8152 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase; 8153 8154 ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents) : Parents(Parents) { 8155 } 8156 8157 bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { 8158 return true; 8159 } 8160 bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { 8161 return true; 8162 } 8163 // Disables data recursion. We intercept Traverse* methods in the RAV, which 8164 // are not triggered during data recursion. 8165 bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(clang::Stmt *S) const { 8166 return false; 8167 } 8168 8169 template <typename T> 8170 bool TraverseNode(T *Node, bool(VisitorBase:: *traverse) (T *)) { 8171 if (Node == NULL) 8172 return true; 8173 if (ParentStack.size() > 0) 8174 // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, for example 8175 // when we visit all subexpressions of template instantiations; this is 8176 // suboptimal, bug benign: the only way to visit those is with 8177 // hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create new matches. 8178 // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash 8179 // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / 8180 // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that 8181 // do not have pointer identity. 8182 (*Parents)[Node].push_back(ParentStack.back()); 8183 ParentStack.push_back(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node)); 8184 bool Result = (this ->* traverse) (Node); 8185 ParentStack.pop_back(); 8186 return Result; 8187 } 8188 8189 bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { 8190 return TraverseNode(DeclNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseDecl); 8191 } 8192 8193 bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { 8194 return TraverseNode(StmtNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseStmt); 8195 } 8196 8197 ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents; 8198 llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack; 8199 8200 friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>; 8201 }; 8202 8203} // end namespace 8204 8205ASTContext::ParentVector 8206ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { 8207 assert(Node.getMemoizationData() && 8208 "Invariant broken: only nodes that support memoization may be " 8209 "used in the parent map."); 8210 if (!AllParents) { 8211 // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as 8212 // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. 8213 AllParents.reset( 8214 ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl())); 8215 } 8216 ParentMap::const_iterator I = AllParents->find(Node.getMemoizationData()); 8217 if (I == AllParents->end()) { 8218 return ParentVector(); 8219 } 8220 return I->second; 8221} 8222 8223bool 8224ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 8225 const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { 8226 // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. 8227 if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() 8228 || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) 8229 return false; 8230 if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != 8231 MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8232 return false; 8233 if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getResultType(), 8234 MethodImpl->getResultType())) 8235 return false; 8236 8237 if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) 8238 return false; 8239 8240 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), 8241 IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), 8242 EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); 8243 IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { 8244 const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); 8245 const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); 8246 if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8247 return false; 8248 if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) 8249 return false; 8250 } 8251 return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); 8252 8253} 8254